Canon CLC 1120, 1130, 1150 Service Manual Rev2

SERVICE INFORMATIONIssued by Copying Machine Quality Assurance Center, Canon Inc.

NO. : F-04-E00008DATE : DEC.2000

COLOR LASER COPIER1120/1130/1150

LOCATIONSUBJECT

Revision of Service Handbook

The captioned technical documentation has been revised to reflect the following:

Reasonsto update the descriptions in the previous documentation covering modification offunctions and correction of typographical mistakes.

The present revision is a full revision. Kindly make arrangements so that the olddocument may be replaced with the one being released. Further, please make surethe old document is properly disposed of.

FY8-23B4-02YPrinted in Japan

Imprimé au Japon

Major quality issues Quality upgrade/production efficiency

Field quality problems Miscellaneous

MODEL:

COLOR LASER COPIER 1120/1130/1150

REVISION 2

DEC. 2000 FY8-23B4-020COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. CANON CLC1120/11301150 REV.2 DEC. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

COPYRIGHT© 2000 CANON INC. CANON CLC1120/1130/1150 REV.2 DEC. 2000 PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

COPYRIGHT © 2000 CANON INC.

Printed in Japan

Imprimé au Japon

IMPORTANT

THE INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN IS PUBLISHED BY CANON, INC., JAPAN, AND IS FOR REFERENCE USE ONLY. SPECIFICATIONS AND OTHER INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN MAY VARY SLIGHTLY FROM ACTUAL MACHINE VALUES OR THOSE FOUND IN ADVERTISING AND OTHER PRINTED MATTER.

ANY QUESTIONS REGARDING INFORMATION CONTAINED HEREIN SHOULD BE DIRECTED TO THE COPIER SERVICE DEPARTMENT OF THE SALES COMPANY.

Prepared by

OFFICE IMAGING PRODUCTS TECHNICAL SUPPORT DIVISION

CANON INC.

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi Ibaraki, 302-8501 Japan

Use of this manual should be strictly supervised to avoid disclosure of confidential information.

i

CONTENTS

CHAPTER 1 MAINTENANCE AND INSPECTION

A. Scheduled Servicing List ........................... 1-11. Copier .................................................. 1-12. Paper Deck .......................................... 1-3

B. Periodically Replaced Parts ....................... 1-4C. Consumables and Durables ...................... 1-5

1. Copier .................................................. 1-52. Paper Deck .......................................... 1-7

D. Image Adjustment Basic Procedure .......... 1-9E. Points to Note for Scheduled Servicing ... 1-12

1

2

3

4

5

CHAPTER 2 STANDARDS AND ADJUSTMENTS

A. Image Adjustment System ......................... 2-1B. Exposure System....................................... 2-8C. Image Formation System........................... 2-9D. Pickup/Feeding System ........................... 2-14

E. Fixing System .......................................... 2-24F. Externals/Controls ................................... 2-27G. Paper Deck .............................................. 2-28H. Electrical System ..................................... 2-32

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OFELECTRICAL PARTS

A. Sensors ...................................................... 3-11. CLC1120/1130..................................... 3-12. CLC1150.............................................. 3-3

B. Thermistors, Lamps, and Heaters ............. 3-5C. Clutches ..................................................... 3-6

1. CLC1120/1130..................................... 3-62. CLC1150.............................................. 3-7

D. Solenoids ................................................... 3-81. CLC1120/1130..................................... 3-82. CLC1150.............................................. 3-9

E. Fans ......................................................... 3-10F. Motors ...................................................... 3-11G. PCBs ........................................................ 3-13H. Paper Deck .............................................. 3-15

1. Sensors and Switches ....................... 3-15

2. Motors, Clutches, Solenoids,and PCBs........................................... 3-16

I. Variable Resistors (VR), Light-EmittingDiodes (LED), and Check Pins by PCB ... 3-171. DC Driver PCB .................................. 3-172. CPU PCB ........................................... 3-183. IP main PCB ..................................... 3-184. Analog Processor PCB ...................... 3-195. Laser Driver PCB............................... 3-196. Lamp Regulator PCB ......................... 3-207. DC Fuse PCB .................................... 3-208. AC Fuse PCB .................................... 3-219. Developing Bias PCB ........................ 3-2110. HVT-AC PCB ..................................... 3-2211. Potential Measurement PCB ............. 3-22

i i

CHAPTER 4 SERVICE MODE

1. DC-CPU ................................................... 4-322. R-CPU ..................................................... 4-48D. ADJUST (adjustment mode) .................... 4-51E. FUNCTION (operation check mode) ....... 4-97F. OPTION (settings mode) ....................... 4-119G. PG (test print) ........................................ 4-134H. COUNTER (counter mode).................... 4-136

A. Outline ........................................................ 4-11. Starting Service Mode and

Making Selections ............................... 4-22. Ending Service Mode .......................... 4-33. Backing Up the RAM ........................... 4-34. Basic Operation ................................. 4-12

B. DISPLAY (control display mode) ............. 4-14C. I/O (I/O display mode) .............................. 4-32

CHAPTER 5 SELF DIAGNOSIS

A. Copier ........................................................ 5-1B. RDF ......................................................... 5-22

A. General Timing Chart ............................... A-1B. Signals and Abbreviations ........................ A-3

1. Signals ................................................ A-32. Abbreviations ...................................... A-8

C. General Circuit Diagram ........................... A-9D. Paper Deck General Circuit Diagram ..... A-13E. Specifications .......................................... A-15

APPENDIX

1. Type .................................................. A-152. System .............................................. A-153. Functions .......................................... A-164. Others ............................................... A-175. Default Ratios ................................... A-176. Copying Speed ................................. A-187. CLC Paper Deck-E1 ......................... A-19

C. Sorter ....................................................... 5-23

1-1



A. Scheduled Servicing List

1. Copier

Caution:Do not use solvents or oils other than those listed.

Externals andcontrols

Originalexposure

Pickup/feeding

Transfer drum

Laser exposure

Charging

Copyboard glassCopyboard coverOzone filterAir filterToner filter

Original reflecting coverNo. 1 through No. 3 mirrors,Lens Scanner rail

Attraction, registrationspring clutchAttraction rollerAttraction roller cleaner panRegistration rollerPre-registration roller 2Pre-registration roller 1Registration path middle guidePickup vertical path roller

Transfer drum cleanerJam sensor (PS6) metal plate(resin tape used for No.2static eliminator mount)Jam sensor (PS5) metal plate(polishing roller motormounting plate)

Dust-proofing glass

Shielding plate, block

Use alcohol.

Or, 1 yr.Or, 1 yr.Or, 1 yr.

Use blower brush.

After cleaning, applysilicone oil.Use lubricant.

Remove unit, and clean.Remove unit, and clean.Remove unit, and clean. every 250,000Remove unit, and clean.Clean every 250,000Clean the guide surface. every 250,000Clean every 250,000

Apply lubricant to thebusihg of the brush.

Clean with lint-free paper;then, clean with alcohol.Be sure the part iscompletely dry beforemounting.Do not use water.For post-cleaning chargingassembly, clean every20,000 copies.

Unit PartIntervals

every25,000

every40,000

every50,000

Remarks

Clean Replace Lubricate Adjust Inspect As of December 2000

every20,000

1


1-2

Primary charging wire,Post-cleaning charging wire

Separation, Internal/externalstatic eliminator chargingwireGrid plate,primary charging wirecleaning pad

No. 2 cleaner bladeBlack toner concentrationsensorPre-cleaner sensor

Pre-exposure lamp filter

Photosensitive drum buttingblock

Drum heater slip ring

Photosensitive drum buttingrollBias electrode

Fixing inlet guideLower roller separation clawOil applying bladeOil applying feltThermistorFixing oil

Waste tonerHopper toner pan

Leakage breakerImage adjustment

For primary chargingassembly, clean every20,000 copies in low-humidity areas; for high-temperature/humidityareas, clean every 15,000copies.In high-temperature/-humidity areas, replaceevery 15,000 copies.

For high-temperature/-humidity areas, replaceevery 15,000 copies.

Turn over blade.See Note .

Clean with cotton wad;see Note.Clean when replacingphotosensitive drum.Clean when replacingphotosensitive drum.

Dry wipe every 150.000copeis.

Clean when replacingdeveloper.Clean each timedeveloping assembly(each color) is mounted.

Use solvent.

Use lint-free paper.Turn over felt.Dry wipe.

Remove build up oftoner.

Includes execution of autogradation correction.

Photosensitivedrum area

Developingassembly

Fixingassembly

Others

Unit PartIntervals

every25,000

every40,000

every50,000

Remarksevery20,000

(front)

1-3


Note:If you have cleaned the sensor, be sure to execute the following in service mode:• For the black toner concentration sensor, FUNCTION>INSTALL>INIT-D.• For pre-cleaning sensor, FUNCTION>SENS-ADJ>CLN-OFST.

Unit PartIntervals

every25,000

every40,000

every250,000

Remarks

2. Paper Deck

Pickupassembly

Feed roller, roll

Clean Replace Lubricate Adjust Inspect As of December 2000


1-4

B. Periodically Replaced Parts

As of December 2000

No. Part name Part number Q’ty Life (copies) Remarks

1 Ozone filter (FM2, 5, 6) FB2-4397 3 25,000 Or, 1 yr.2 Air filter (FM1) FB4-4819 1 25,000 Or, 1 yr.3 Air filter (FM3) FF5-8405 1 25,000 Or, 1 yr.4 Air filter (FM14, 15) FB2-0247 2 25,000 Or, 1 yr.5 Toner filter (FM5, 6) FB4-4442 2 25,000 Or, 1 yr.6 Ozone filter (FM5) FB4-9641 1 25,000 Or, 1 yr.

1-5


C. Consumables and Durables

1. CopierAs of December 2000

1 Cleaner blade (drum cleanerassembly)

2 Drum cleaner scoop-up sheet

3 Side seal, front (drum cleanerassembly)

4 Side seal, rear (drum cleanerassembly)

5 No. 2 scoop-up sheet (pre-cleaning sensor)

6 Grid plate (primary chargingassembly)

7 Primary charging assemblycleaning pad, upper

8 Primary charging assemblycleaning pad, lower

9 Primary charging wire, 100VPrimary charging wire, 120/230V

10 Scanning lamp

11 Manual feeder pickup roller

12 Manual feeder feed roller

13 Manual feeder separationroller

14 Attraction roller scraper15 Waste toner case (6 pc/box)16 Post-cleaning charging wire

Post-cleaning charging wire17 Fixing cleaning belt (upper,

lower)18 Drum cleaner end felt, front19 Drum cleaner end felt, rear20 No. 2 cleaning blade21 Fixing upper roller22 Oil applying felt23 Y starter developer

24 M starter developer

25 C starter developer

No. Part name Part number Q’ty Life Remarks(copies)

FB4-4677

FF5-3993

FF5-8392

FF5-8393

FG6-1046

FB4-5117

FF2-3552

FF2-3551

FY3-0030FY3-0040

FH7-3349

FF5-4327

FF5-4331

FF2-4710

FF5-8427FY9-7006FY3-0030FY3-0040FB4-4543

FF5-2246FF5-2247FB2-0421FB4-4484FF5-9084F42-3132F42-3133F42-3122F42-3123F42-3112F42-3113

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

1

11

1

2

1

1

11111

11211111111

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,000

20,00020,000

25,000

25,000

25,000

25,000

25,00025,00020,00020,00025,000

40,00040,00040,00040,00040,00040,00040,00040,00040,00040,00040,000

Simultaneously withphotosensitive drum.Simultaneously withcleaning blade.Simultaneously withcleaning blade.Simultaneously withcleaning blade.Simltaneously with cleaningblade.For high temperature/highhumidity, 15,000.For high temperature/highhumidity, 15,000.

For high temperature/highhumidity, 15,000.

Manual feeder counterreading.Manual feeder counterreading.Manual feeder counterreading.

By user.100V120/230V

Simultaneously withcleaning blade.20,000 per edge.Or, 1 yr.20,000 per side.

120V UL only.

120V UL only.

120V UL only.


1-6

26 Bk starter developer

27 Separation/internal andexternal static charging wiresSeparation/internal andexternal charging wires

28 Attraction brush unit29 Transfer blade unit30 Transfer drum cleaner31 Polishing roller32 Transfer drum sheet33 Separation push-up roll

34 Transfer side scraper35 Fixing lower roller36 Re-pickup feed roller, front

(re-pickup assembly)37 Re-pickup feed roller, rear (re-

pickup assembly)38 Feed roller (re-pickup

assembly)39 Separation roller (re-pickup

assembly)40 Feed roller, front (duplexing

unit)41 Feed roller, rear (duplexing

unit)42 Oil applying blade43 Fixing heater, upper

44 Fixing heater, lower

45 Pre-exposure lamp46 Primary charging assembly47 Separation charging assembly48 Internal static eliminator49 Eternal static eliminator50 Post-cleaning charging

assembly51 Insulating bush (fixing

assembly)52 Pickup roller, front (cassette)53 Pickup roller, rear (cassette)54 Separation roller (cassette)55 Feed roller (cassette)56 Y developing assembly57 M developing assembly58 C developing assembly59 Bk developing assembly


F42-3102F42-3103FY3-0030

FY3-0040

FG6-0798FG6-0797FB4-4953FB4-5111FB4-4195FB2-0631

FF5-2070FB4-4486FF5-2101

FF5-2102

FF5-2103

FF5-2104

FF5-8366

FF5-8367

FB4-4536FH7-4617FH7-4618FH7-4619FH7-4611FH7-4612FH7-4613FG5-3181FG6-0892FG6-0795FG6-0796FG6-0801FG6-0888

FB4-7807

FF5-7829FF5-7830FB2-7777FF5-7837FG6-0781FG6-0782FG6-0783FG6-0784

111

1

112111

211

1

1

1

1

1

1111111111111

4

11111111

40,00040,00050,000

50,000

50,00050,00050,00050,00050,00050,000

50,00050,000100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000

100,000100,000100,000100,000100,000100,000100,000150,000150,000150,000150,000150,000150,000

150,000

250,000250,000250,000250,000500,000500,000500,000500,000

120V UL only.100V

120/230V

As a unit.As a unit.

Simultaneously with transfersheet.

Or, 1 yr.Duplexing counterreading.Duplexing counterreading.Duplexing counterreading.Duplexing counterreading.Duplexing counterreading.Duplexing counterreading.

100V120V230V100V120V230V

Per cassette holder.Per cassette holder.Per cassette holder.Per cassette holder.

1-7


2. Paper Deck


As of December 2000

1 Paper deck pickup roller2 Paper deck feeding roller3 Paper deck separation roller

FB4-2033FB4-2034FB2-7777

221

250,000250,000250,000

Actual number of copies.Actual number of copies.Actual number of copies.

1-9

1. Check the transfer charging system.2. Clean the dust-proofing glass.3. Clean and check the developing assembly butting roll.

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

Conditions· copy density at '5'· text/photo mode

Select OPTION>BODY>PASCAL=0 in service mode.

Check the height of each charging wire.

Clean the charging wires.*

*If the primary charging wire is soiled, replace it.

Make sample copies using TEST in service mode for the following:

0. normal image using Test Sheet1. PGTEST=4 using M mono color2. PGTEST=4 using C mono color3. PGTEST=4 using Y mono color4. PGTEST=4 using Bk mono color5. PGTEST=106. PGTEST=5 DENS 487. PGTEST=14 photo mode (TXPH:1)

Adjusting the Left/Right Density Slope Correcting Difference in Density

Make a copy of the Test Sheet.

Is the density different between front

and rear?

Is the density different

between front and rear on the sample copy made

at PGTYPE=10 or 5?

Is the difference in density different from

one color to another?

Is the difference in density gone?

Is the density higher (darker) at the rear?

Check the coating of toner on the developing cylinder. Check the developing assembly butting roll and the photosensitive drum butting block. Clean them if soiled with toner.

Turn the adjusting screw at the front of the primary charging assembly counterclockwise.

Execute test printing at PGTYPE=10 or 5.

Turn the adjusting screw at the front of the primary charging assembly clockwise.


Check to find out if the copyboard glass is riding over something.

Clean the scanning lamp, reflecting plate, mirror, standard white plate, and copyboard glass.

Execute ADJUST>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.


Check the original scanning lamp.

Is the darkest area of the test print

made for a 16-gradation check too light?

Does the density become lower (lighter) gradually in continuous

copying mode?

Is the density low (light) in all colors?

Execute FUNCTION>DPC>DPC in service mode.

Is the value of DISPLAY>DPOT>V00-500,

V00-700 normal?

Open the hopper, and insert the door switch actuator. Check the temperature and humidity using DISPLAY>ANALOG>TEMP, HUM in service mode.

Are the temperature and humidity

readings normal?

Check the environment sensor.

To [A] of next page.

Check the high-voltage output of the internal/external static eliminator.

Is the value of ADJUST>DENS identical

with the value on the label?

To [B] of next page.

Enter the data once again, and make 50 copies.

Check the laser shutter and the laser system.

Reference (normal values) V00-500: 430 to 570 V00-700: 600 to 800

1. Check the insulating sheet of the transfer blade for scratches and peeling.2. Check the shaft of the transfer drum for play.3. Check the cable inside the transfer drum.

D. Image Adjustment Basic Procedure

1-10

NO

YESNO

YES

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

*Do not clean the grid plate.

YES

NO

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

[B]

[A]

Check the locked condition of the developing assembly.

Check the value of DISPLAY>DENS>DENS-Y, DENS-M, DENS-C, DENS-K in service mode.

Is the density of black normal?

Is the value of DENS-K -20 or lower?

Compare the density of a test print made of Bk halftone against one made at time of installation or replacement of the developer.

Is it more or less the same?

Is the surface of the black toner concentration

sensor soiled?

Is the test print of Bk mono halftone uneven?

Replace the Bk developer.

Check the supply of toner from the hopper.

Go through the check items for the developing assembly.

Clean the surface of the sensor.

Replace the photosensitive drum and developer (all colors).

Is the value of DENS-Y, DENS-M,

DENS-C the specified value ± 20?

Is it -20 or lower?

Remove the toner concentration sensor from inside the developing assembly.

Is the surface of the sensor soiled?

Replace the developer.

Go through the check items for the developing assembly.

Check the supply of toner from the hopper.

Replace the sensor.

Check Items for the Developing Assembly1. Is the mechanism used to lock the developing assembly to

the photosensitive drum normal?2. Is the position of the developing assembly normal?3. Are the developing assembly butting roll and butting block

free of dirt?4. Are the developing bias AC and DC outputs normal?5. Is the developing cylinder coated with an even layer of toner?

Further, is the coating thick enough?6. Is the position of the electrode of the developing cylinder

normal?If a fault is found after making the above checks, perform cleaning or adjustment as necessary.If fogging or light density still occurs after making all above checks (1 through 6), replace the developing assembly.

Correcting Fogging

Is fogging noted?

Is fogging noted for all colors?

Is the primary charging assembly soiled?

Execute FUNCTION>DPC>DPC in service mode.

Is the value of DISPLAY>DPOT>V00-500,

V00-700 normal>?

Check the developing assembly.

Is there a fault?

Replace the photosensitive drum and developers (all colors).

To [D] of next page.

To [B].

Clean.*

Check the laser shutter, and adjust the laser power.

Reference (normal value): V00-500: 430 to 570 V00-700: 600 to 800

Correct the fault.

1-11

YES

NO

YES

NO

YES

NO

NO

YES

NO

YES

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

NO

Adjusting Transfer

[D][C]

Check the locked condition of the transfer blade in service mode.

Is a transfer fault noted?

Are there white spots (transfer fault)?

Is the fault limited to a specific color?

Are there white spots in vertical direction?

Are there vertical lines corresponding to

separation claws?

Make several test prints. Does the

copy density decrease (become light)?

Check the transfer blade.

Check the transfer blade.

Check the output of the separation charging assembly.

Check the internal/external static eliminator.

Adjusting the Original Exposure System/Color Balance

Check the positions of the copyboard glass, standard white plate, original scanning lamp, reflecting plate, and mirrors, and clean them.

Check to see if the No. 1 mirror/No. 2 mirror base is not riding over the rail.

Check to find out if the value of ADJUST>COLOR in service mode is identical with the value recorded on the label.

Check the contact between the CCD and the CCD driver PCB.

Set OPTION>BODY>PASCAL in service mode to ’1’.

Execute ADJUST>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.

Is the image better? End.

Execute auto gradation correction in user mode.

Make a copy of the CA1 Test Sheet.

Is the gray scale (especially light area)

of the copy good?

End.

Make adjustments in ADJUST>COLOR>ADJ-Y, ADJ-M, ADJ-C, ADJ-K in service mode.To make copies darker, increase the setting.To make copies lighter, decrease the setting.

1-12

E. Points to Note for Scheduled Servicing

Optical System

Part Tool and others Work and remarks

Process System


Developing System


Pickup/Feeding System


Attraction roller, attraction roller cleaner pan

Lint-free paper Cleaning (Remove the unit.)

Registration roller, pre-registration roller 1/2

Alcohol, lint-free paper Cleaning

Pickup vertical path roller Alcohol, lint-free paper Cleaning

Registration path middle guide

Alcohol, lint-free paper Clean the guide surface

Developing roll Solvent Cleaning at time of replacing the developer.

Developing assembly butting roll, butting block (photosensitive drum)

Solvent Cleaning at time of replacing the drum.

Charging wire, shielding plate, block

Lint-free paper, alcohol Dry wiping; then, cleaning with alcoholDo NOT use water. (Note 2)

Pre-cleaning sensor assembly, No. 2 scoop-up sheet assembly

Cotton wad, lint-free paperBlower brush

Use cotton wad to clean the sensor assembly. (Note 3)

Black toner concentration sensor assembly, No. 2 blade assembly

Lint-free paper, blower brush

Remove the buildup of toner; then, dry wipe.Do NOT use solvent. (Note 4)

Pre-exposure lamp, filter, dust-proofing glass, potential sensor

Lint-free paper, blower brush

Cleaning

Fixing System


Transfer Drum System


Charging wire, shielding plate, block

Lint-free paper, alcohol Dry wiping; then, cleaning with alcohol.Do NOT use water. (Note 2)

Transfer drum cleaner assembly

Blower brush Cleaning

Jam sensor (PS6) metal plate resin tape section

Blower brushLint-free paper

Dry wiping

Jam sensor (PS5) metalplate

Blower brushLint-free paper

Dry wiping

Thermistor

Separation claw

Inlet guide

Solvent Cleaning

Oil applying felt, oil applying blade

Paper rag Cleaning

Lens, CCD Blower brush Cleaning (Note 1)

Scanner rail Silicone oil Cleaning; then, lubricating

Reflecting plate, No. 1 through No. 3 mirrors Blower brush Cleaning

Copyboard sheet, copyboard glass

Standard white plate

Alcohol, lint-free paper Cleaning

Note 1: Take care not to touch the mirror and lens. Take care so that the CCD will not be soiled with dust.Note 2: Replace the primary charging wire; insert other charging wires after making sure that they are completely dry; further, be sure NOT to clean the grid plate.Note 3: After mounting, execute FUNCTION>SENS-ADJ>CLN-OFST. Thereafter, record the values of ADJUST>SENS-ADJ>CLN-TH, CLN-TMP on the service label.Note 4: After mounting, execute FUNCTION>INSTALL>INIT-D.

2-1


A. Image Adjustment System

1 Image Margin

The image margin of a copy is normal if itis as follows when made in Direct withoriginal detection OFF.Leading edge: 8/0 ± 1.5 mm (8.0 ± 2.0 mm)Left/right: 2.0 ± 1.5mm (2.0 ± 1.5 mm)Trailing edge: 2.5 ± 1.5 mm (4.5 ± 2.0 mm)

The value in parentheses representsdouble-sided copying. Figure 2-1 Leading Edge Image Margin

Figure 2-2 Left/Right Image Margin2 Checking/Adjusting the Image

Margin

When making checks and adjustments,observe the following order:a. Adjusting the left/right registrationb. Adjusting the attraction position (ATT-T)c. Adjusting the image margin (RG-XA,

RG-XB)d. Adjusting the transfer delay (TR-

DELAY)e. Adjusting the image read start position

(ADJ-XY)f. Adjust the image trailing edge margin

(TR-END-A, TR-END-B)


2


2-2

a. Adjusting the Left/Right Registration1) Make ten copies each from all cassettes,

multifeeder, and duplexing unit, andcheck the left/right registration A; it iscorrect if as follows:for cassette: 2.0 ± 1.5 mmfor multifeeder: 2.0 ± 1.5 mmfor duplexing unit: 2.0 ± 1.5 mm

2) If the registration A is not as indicated,perform the following:

Figure 2-3

Figure 2-4

A

[2]

[1]

§ For the Cassette1) Remove the cassette front cover from the

cassette holder you want to adjust.2) Loosen the left/right screw [1].3) Turn the adjusting screw [2] to adjust the

position of the horizontal registrationadjusting plate so that the horizontalregistration on an image is 2.0 ± 1.5 mm.(A full turn causes a shift of about 0.7mm.)· To increase the registration along the

front, turn the adjusting screwcounterclockwise.

· To increase the registration along therear, turn the adjusting screwclockwise.

4) After the adjustment, be sure to perform"registering the paper width basic value."

2-3


§ For the MultifeederTurn the screw [1] to move the position ofthe tray so that the registration is 2.0 ± 1.5mm in Direct.

Figure 2-5

Figure 2-6

§ For the Duplexing UnitLoosen the screw [1], and move theposition of the paper jogging guide so thatthe registration is 2.0 ± 1.5 mm in Direct.

b. Adjusting the Attraction Position(ATTRACT)

1) Select A4.2) Select ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>ATT-

CHK .3) Set ATT-CHK to '1' (2-sheet retention;

sides B and A), and press OK.4) Select ATT-ON, and press OK.

• Copy paper will be picked up,attracted, and stopped.

[1]

[1]


2-4

5) Slide out the transfer frame.6) Place a ruler and copy paper against the

marking (Figure 2-7) etched to thetransfer drum ring (front, rear), andmeasure the position d of the copy paperin relation to the leading edge of the copypaper. Perform this for both sides A andB.

Figure 2-7

Figure 2-8

7) Make adjustments so that d is 0 ± 0.5 mmin service mode (ADJUST>FEED-ADJ).for side A:ATT-T-Afor side B:ATT-T-B• Changing ATT-T-A, ATT-T-B to '1'

will shift the point of attraction byabout 0.4 mm.

• A higher setting will delay the start ofattraction (in the direction of the blackarrow) while a lower setting advancesit (in the direction of the white arrow).

8) After adjustment, turn off and then on thepower switch.• Keep in mind that copies made in

normal mode will be black if youforget to turn off and then on thepower switch.

(front) (rear)

2-5


c. Adjusting the Image Leading EdgeMargin (RG-XA, RG-XB)

1) Select ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>RGST-CHK in service mode.

2) Set RGST-CHK to '1' (2-sheet retention;sides B and A), and press OK.

3) Select RGST-ON, and press OK.• A total of two prints (one each shown

in the figure) will be generated.

Figure 2-9

Test print on side A

Test print on side B

Figure 2-10

4) Measure the leading edge margin d on theprint. Perform this for both sides A and B.

5) Select the following service modes; then,make adjustments by changing thesettings so that the leading edge d is 8 ±0.5 mm.for side A: ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>RG-

XAfor side B: ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>RG-

XB• Setting it to '1' will shift the leading

edge margin by about 0.06 mm.• A higher setting increases the leading

edge margin while a lower settingdecreases it.

d

(8.0 ± 0.5 mm)


2-6

d. Adjusting the Transfer Delay (TR-DELAY)

1) Select FUNCTION>ATTRACT>TR1-CHK in service mode.

2) Set TR1-CHK to '1' (2-sheet retention;both sides B and A), and press OK.

3) Select TR1-ON, and press OK.• A total of two prints (one each shown

in the figure) will be generated.

Figure 2-11

Test print on side A

Test print on side B

Figure 2-12

4) Measure the transfer delay d on side B onthe generated print.

5) Select ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>TR-DLY-A or B in service mode, and makeadjustments so that the transfer delay is 3± 0.5 mm.• Changing the setting to '1' will shift

the transfer delay by about 0.4 mm.• A higher setting will increase the

transfer delay while a lower settingwill decrease it.

6) Select FUNCTION>ATTRACT>TR2-CHK in service mode, and set '1' (2-sheetretention; both sides B and A), and pressOK.

7) Select TR2-ON, and press OK.8) Check the leading edge margin (8 ± 0.5

mm) on the print.

2-7


e. Adjusting the Image Read StartPosition (ADJ-XY)

1) Place the Test Sheet on the copyboardglass.

2) Select ADJUST>ADJ-XY in servicemode.

3) on the ADJ-XY screen, press the CopyStart key.• The appropriate copying mode will

automatically be selected, and a copyis made with a shift of about 50 mm asshown in the figure.

Figure 2-134) If part of the image is missing, decrease

the setting of ADJ-X , ADJ-Y in servicemode.

5) If part of the image is outside the imagearea, increase the setting of ADJ-X , ADJ-Y.

6) Press the Copy Start key once again, andmake a check.

7) Press the Reset key.

f. Adjusting the Image Trailing EdgeMargin (TR-END-A, B; end of transferhigh voltage)If you have replaced the transfer drum

unit in the field, correct the variation in the endof the transfer voltage.1) Select ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>TR-END-

A or B in service mode, and enter '25' (10mm).

2) Select ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>TR2-ON;then, press the OK key.

3) Measure the distance X (mm) between thepoint at which blurring starts along thetrailing edge of the image on thegenerated test print and the trailing edgeof the image.

4) Enter the result of (10 - x)/0.4 as theadjustment value of TR-END-A or -B.(Round the result up to a whole number.)

5) Select ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>TR2-ON inservice mode once again; then, press theOK key.

6) Check to make sure that the image alongthe trailing edge of the generated test printis not blurred.

7) Record the value of ADJUST>FEED-ADJ>TR-END-A or -B on the servicelabel.

ADJ-X

ADJ-Y

50

50

Figure 2-13a


2-8

B. Exposure System

1 Routing the Scanner DriveCable

Route the scanner drive cable asindicated; i.e., [1] through [8]. Then, perform"adjusting the mirror position."

Figure 2-14

2 Adjusting the Mirror Position

Be sure to adjust the position of the mirrorwhen you have routed the scanner drive cable.1) Extend the arm of the mirror positioning

tool (FY9-3040) fully.2) Fit the mirror positioning tool between

No. 1 mirror base and No. 2 mirror base.3) Route the scanner drive cable to the No. 1

mirror mount. Figure 2-15

Figure 2-16

1

2

3

468

5, 8

8

2-9


C. Image Formation System

1 Adjusting the Height ofCharging Wires

The height (position) of the charging wireof each charging assembly may be adjusted byturning the screw found behind the assembly.A full turn of the screw will shift the chargingwire by about 0.7 mm.

You cannot, however, change the heightof the wire of the internal static eliminator,external charge eliminator, separationcharging assembly or the post-cleaningcharging assembly.

Figure 2-17

2 Points to Note about thePhotosensitive Drum

a. The photosensitive drum is vulnerable tostrong light, and exposure to strong lightfor an appreciable period of time will leadto white spots or black bands on copies.Whenever you have removed thephotosensitive drum from the copier, besure to wrap the light-blocking sheet (orfive to six sheets of fresh copy paper)around it, and keep it in a dark place.

b. If you are installing a new photosensitivedrum, be sure to perform the following:1) Install the new photosensitive drum.

At this time, be sure to mount it sothat the lot No. label attached inside itis toward the front of the copier.

2) Mount the primary chargingassembly, pre-cleaning chargingassembly, photosensitive drumcleaner assembly, and developingassemblies.

3) Coat the No. 2 blade of the blacktoner concentration sensor evenlywith drum cleaner lubricant (TKN-0480).

4) Coat the blade of the photosensitivedrum cleaner assembly with drumcleaner lubricant (TKN-0480).

5) Dry wipe the window of the blacktoner concentration sensor, andmount it.

10.5

17.0

17.0

Primary charging assembly

Separation charging assembly

External charging assembly

4 mm (approx.)

Charging assembly

Height of charging wire (mm) Range


2-10

6) Dry wipe the window of the pre-cleaning sensor, and mount it.

7) Turn on the power switch, and keepthe copier in standby state.

8) Select FUNCTION>INSTALL>STIR-4 in service mode, and executeit.

9) Select FUNCTION>SENS-ADJ>CLN-OFST, and execute it.

10) Record the settings of ADJUST>SENS-ADJ>CLN-TH , CLN-TMPon the service label attached behindthe front right cover.

11) Select FUNCTION>INSTALL>INIT-D in service mode, and executeit.

c. If the surface of the photosensitive drumis soiled, wipe it with a flannel clothcoated with toner. (Do NOT use paper,lint-free or otherwise.)Do not use solvent when cleaning it. Donot touch its surface.

3Adjusting the Position of thePhotosensitive Drum FixingShaft

Slide the photosensitive drum frame unitabout 5 cm out of the copier, and then slide itback in. If the movement is not smooth, adjustthe position of the photosensitive drum fixingshaft using the drum shaft positioning tool(FY9-3045).

This adjustment, however, need not bemade if the images are free of colordisplacement, blurring, and faults at intervalsand, moreover, the discrepancy between thephotosensitive drum fixing shaft and the holeof the photosensitive drum flange is about 1mm.1) Slide out the photosensitive drum unit

from the copier.2) Remove the six screws [1], and detach the

photosensitive drum butting blocks [2](front, back); then, detach thephotosensitive drum [3] from thephotosensitive drum frame unit [4].

3) Slide the photosensitive drum frame unitinto the copier, and secure it in place withthree screws.

4) Secure the drum motor assembly [5] to thecopier temporarily with seven screws [6].

Figure 2-18

Figure 2-19

[2] [1]

[3]

[4]

[1] [2]

[6] [6][6]

[6]

[5]

[6]

2-11


5) Secure the drum shaft positioning tool [7]in place to the photosensitive drum frameunit with the two screws [8] removed instep 2).

6) Secure the drum motor assembly in placewith seven screws.

7) Detach the drum shaft positioning tool,and slide out the photosensitive drum unitfrom the copier; then, mount the unit andparts removed in step 1).

4 Use of Grease

Do NOT use grease (conducting orotherwise) to the slip ring for the drum heater.

Developer

Yellow

Cyan

Magenta

Black

S-B gap

0.62 mm

0.74 mm

0.74 mm

0.48 mm

Table 2-1

[7][8]

Figure 2-20

5 Adjusting the DevelopingAssembly S-B Gap

If you have replaced the developing blade,adjust the S-B gap of each sleeve using the S-B gap gauge (FY9-3044).


2-12

6 Replacing the Developer

1) Open the hopper unit fully.2) An appreciable amount of developer will

fall out in the next step. Keep a plastic bag[1] as shown.

3) Detach the cap [2] from the dischargeopening found at the front bottom of thedeveloping assembly whose developeryou want to replace.

4) Select FUNCTION>INSTALL in servicemode.

5) While keeping the plastic bag against thedischarge opening, press RECV-M/C/Y/K , as appropriate, in service mode.• When the developer has stopped

pouring, press the Stop key to stop theoperation.

6) Fit the cap back on the discharge opening.7) Remove the screw, and detach the

developing assembly; then, detach the capfrom the discharge opening.In the case of the black developingassembly, disconnect the connector also.

8) While tilting the developing assembly,turn the gear by hand to discharge allremaining developer.At this time, tilt the developing assemblyfarther down while turning the gear so thatno toner will remain when it is finally heldupright.

9) Fit the cap to the discharge opening.10) Mount the developing assembly to the

copier.11) At the end of the wait period, select

FUNCTION>INSTALL in service mode.12) Press SPLY-M/C/Y/K, as appropriate.13) See that the developing assembly is

locked in place, and the screw inside itrotates (about 10 sec).

Figure 2-21

Figure 2-22

[1]

[2]

2-13


14) Fit the developer supply funnel thatcomes with the copier to the developingassembly upright.

Figure 2-23

Figure 2-247 Points to Note about the Pre-

Cleaning Sensor

If you have removed or replaced the pre-cleaning sensor assembly, perform thefollowing:1) Dry wipe the window of the pre-cleaning

sensor, and mount it.2) Turn on the power switch, and keep the

copier in standby state.3) Select and execute FUNCTION>SENS-

ADJ>CLN-OFST in service mode.4) Record the settings of ADJUST>SENS-

ADJ>CLN-TH , CLN-TMP in servicemode to the service label behind the frontright door.

8 Points to Note about the BlackToner Concentration Sensor

If you have dry wiped the window of theblack toner concentration sensor, select andexecute FUNCTION>INSTALL>INIT-Dafter mounting it.

15) Put the developer into the developingassembly.• Turn the developer container slowly

while tilting it to facilitate the work.16) When done, press the Stop key to stop the

operation.17) Execute STIR-Y/M/C/K in service mode

(about 10 min).18) Execute INIT-Y/M/C/K in service mode

(about 10 min).19) Select ADJUST>DENS in service mode.20) Record the data of the DENS screen on

the service label.


2-14

D. Pickup/Feeding System

1 Orientation of the CassettePickup Roller

When mounting the pickup roller [1] tothe pickup assembly, be sure that the roundmarking [2] on the rubber portion is at thecopier's front. The pickup roller is identifiedby color as follows:• for the front, use the gold-colored roller.• for the rear, use the silver-colored roller.

Figure 2-25

2 Orientation of the CassetteFeed Roller

When mounting the feed roller [1] to thepickup assembly, be sure that the gear [2] ofthe feed roller is at the copier's front.

Figure 2-26

3 Orientation of the CassetteSeparation Roller

When mounting the separation roller [1]to the pickup assembly, be sure that the roundmarking [2] is at the copier's front.

Figure 2-27

[1]

[1]

[2]

[2]

[2] [1]

[1]

[2]

2-15


4 Adjusting the Pressure of theSeparation Roller

If double feeding or pickup failure occursduring pickup, adjust the position of thepressure spring of the separation roller.a. If double feeding occurs, move the spring

in the direction of arrow A.b. If pickup failure occurs, move the spring

in the direction of arrow B.

Figure 2-28

5Orientation of the DuplexingFeed Roller and the DuplexingSeparation Roller

When mounting the feed roller [1], be surethat the round marking [2] is at the copier'sfront.

When mounting the separation roller [3],be sure that the round marking [4] is at thecopier's rear.

Figure 2-30

6Orientation of the ManualPickup, Feed, and SeparationRollers

When mounting each roller, be sure thatthe round marking [1], [2], [3] is at the copier'srear.

Figure 2-29

[A]

[B]

[2]

[3]

[4]

[1]

[4]

[2]

[1] [2] [3]


2-16

7 Attaching the Timing Belt forthe Multifeeder Assembly

Keep the rack plate [1] of the multifeederin closed state.

Move the slide volume [2] in the directionof the arrow, and attach the timing belt [3] tothe pulley.

Figure 2-31

8Adjusting the Position of theDuplexing Unit Paper JoggingGuide Sensor

1) Select A4R or LTRR, and performcopying on the first side of a double-sidedcopy.

2) Slide out the duplexing unit.3) Measure the distance L of the paper

jogging guide plate [1].A4R: L = 210 ± 0.3 mmLTRR: L = 216 ± 0.3 mm

4) If the distance is not as indicted, adjust theposition of the paper jogging guidesensor. Figure 2-32

9 Position of the Duplexing UnitStopper Plate Solenoid

1) Keep the steel core [1] of the solenoiddrawn to the copier.

2) Rotate the shutter [2], and keep thedistance as indicated, i.e., L1 is 1.0 ± 0.2mm. Then, secure the stopper platesolenoid.

Figure 2-33

[1][2] [3]

[1] [1]

[L]

[1]

[2]

[L1]

2-17


10 Position of the Duplexing FeedRoller Solenoid

While the steel core of the solenoid isdrawn to the copier, mount the duplexing feedsolenoid so that the distance L2 between thetop edge of the feed roller and the holding trayis 49 ± 0.5 mm.

Figure 2-34

11 Replacing the Transfer DrumSheet

Caution:The transfer drum frame is equippedwith a slip-stop mechanism; as such,keep the following in mind:• Do not turn the transfer drum

clockwise with your fingers insidethe opening in the transfer drumwhile the transfer drum is on thetransfer drum frame.

• When the transfer drum is off theframe, it will tend to rotate inclockwise direction. (If the transferdrum is rotated clockwise, thetransfer brush and the attractionbrush will become damaged.

a. Removing the Transfer Drum Sheet1) Open the front cover; then, slide out the

hopper, and open it 180°.2) Slide out the transfer drum frame.3) Detach the transfer drum from the transfer

drum frame.4) Remove the four TP screws [1], and

remove the transfer drum side scraper [2].

Figure 2-35

[L2]

[2] [2]

[1][1]


2-18

5) Peel off the trailing edge of the transferdrum sheet and keep it off the transferdrum.

Figure 2-38

Figure 2-37

Figure 2-36

6) Peel off the leading edge of the transferdrum sheet.

7) Peel off the transfer drum sheet whileholding it on its leading edge.

Caution:Remove all traces of adhesive from thetransfer drum ring.

2-19


[1]

Figure 2-40

Figure 2-39

b. Attaching the Transfer Drum Sheet

Caution:Do not touch the area on the transferdrum sheet where copy paper will beattracted.

1) Shift the locking lever of the transferblade and the attraction brush inclockwise direction to release them.

2) Clean the area where double-sided tape isattached on the transfer drum ring withalcohol.

3) Turn the ring so that the ring linking plate[1] is positioned as shown.

4) Remove the double-sided tape from theleading edge (where holes are found) ofthe transfer drum sheet.

5) By referring to the long hole in the leftside of the linking plate and the long holeon the left side of the sheet, attach thetransfer drum sheet so that it is horizontalwhile observing the following:

Figure 2-41


2-20

Caution:1. Fix the side of the transfer drum sheet

with a long hole temporarily in placeso that that the gap between the leftside of the transfer drum sheet andthe edge of the transfer ring is about0.5 mm.

2. Then, lightly pull the transfer drumsheet to the right so that the middle ofthe sheet will not become slack, andattach the right side of the sheetwhere a round hole is found.

3. At this time, check to make sure thatthe right edge of the transfer drumsheet will not overlap the edge of thetransfer ring; otherwise, shift the leftside of the sheet where a long hole isfound, and start over with step 2.

6) Let the transfer drum sheet drop on itsown weight, and remove the backingpaper from both sides of the sheet.

7) without holding the transfer drum sheet,turn the front side of the transfer ring towrap it around the transfer drum.

Figure 2-42

Transfer ringsNo overlapping.

Pull lightly to remove the slack in the middle.

Figure 2-43

Figure 2-44

2-21


Caution:After wrapping the transfer drum sheetaround the transfer drum, check the gapbetween the leading edge and the trailingedge of the sheet; make sure it is 0±1.5mm. If not, go back to step 5), and makesure that the sheet is horizontal, and startover.

8) After making sure that there is no gap,start attaching both ends of the sheet to thetransfer drum.At this time, try using both thumbs asshown, moving them as if to rub the sheetin axial direction. (Do not move thethumbs in peripheral direction, which cancause parts of the sheet to lift.)

9) Remove the backing paper from thetrailing edge of the transfer drum sheet.

Figure 2-44a

Figure 2-44b

Leading edge of sheet

Trailing edge of sheet

0±1.5 mm or less

Figure 2-45

Figure 2-46


2-22

10) Without pulling the transfer drum sheet,lightly press along the middle of thedouble-sided tape, along the trailing edgeof the sheet in sequence: [1], [2], and [3].

11) Move the thumbs in axial direction,lightly pressing against the linking plateso that the double-sided tape will befirmly in contact.

12) Shift back the lever released in step 1).13) Check the transfer drum sheet for

scratches, dents, and slack.

Caution:Be sure there is no distortion or slack inthe middle of the transfer drum. Ifdistortion exists, the transfer drum willlikely come into contact with thephotosensitive drum, causing toner tofuse to the photosensitive drum andultimately leading to cleaning faults ofthe photosensitive drum; if slack exists,on the other hand, such image faults astransfer faults and color displacementcan occur.

14) Mount the transfer drum side scraperremoved when detaching the old transferdrum sheet, and then mount the transferdrum to the machine.

Figure2-46a

[1]

[2]

[3]

Figure 2-46c

Figure 2-46d

Figure 2-46e

Figure 2-46b

Leading edgeof sheetTrailing edgeof sheet

Direction of rotation

Correctly Attached Sheet

Incorrectly Attached Sheet

Incorrectly Attached Sheet

2-23


12 When Replacing the TransferDrum Assembly

If you have replaced the transfer drum,perform the following in service mode(ADJUST>FEED-ADJ; p. 2-1):1. Adjusting the attraction position (ATT-T-

A, ATT-T-B)2. Adjusting the image leading edge margin

(RG-XA, RG-XB, RG-Y)3. Transfer delay (TR-DLY-A, TR-DLY-B)4. Adjusting the image trailing edge margin

(TR-END-A, TR-END-B)

Figure 2-47

13Position of the PaperDeflecting Plate Solenoid(SL10; delivery assembly)

Loosen the adjusting screw [4] to makeadjustments while the paper deflecting plate[2] is butting against the delivery upper guide[3] when the solenoid [1] is on (viewing thedelivery assembly from the side at the rear).

[1] [4]

[2] [3]

14 Applying Lubricant to theTransfer drum Cleaner

1) Use a specific lubricant (e.g., FY9-6006).2) Put a drop of lubricant (one drop each) at

points indicated (A).3) Turn the gear several times by hand so

that the lubricant spreads inside thebushing.

4) Put another drop (one each) once again,and repeat step 3.

5) When all amounts of lubricant havespread to the inside of the bushing, wipethe excess lubricant with lint-free paper(indicated by dashed lines).

Figure 2-47a


2-24

E. Fixing System

1 When Replacing the FixingHeater

Do not touch the surface of the heater.

Reference:The copier's fixing heater has a specificorientation (front, rear); be sure to mountit so that the black lead line is at the rear.

2 Adjusting the Nip (nut forlocking the fixing assembly)

a. Measuring the Nip WidthIf you are taking measurements while the

roller is not hot, let the copier complete itsstandby period, wait 15 min, and make 20copies.

b. Taking Measurements1) Start service mode.2) Select FUNCTION>FIXING>NIP-

CHK , and press OK.The nip width is correct if as indicated;otherwise, use the adjusting nut [1] tomake adjustments.

Caution:b and c are points 10 to 15 mm frompaper ends.

Figure 2-48

* Be sure both upper and lower rollers aresufficiently heated.

Measurements*

7.3 ±0.3 mm

0.5 mm or less

0.5 mm or less

Dimension

a

|b-c|

b-ac-a

2-25


3 Orientation of the Cleaning Belt

Mount the fixing cleaning belt as shown .

Figure 2-49 Fixing Upper CleaningBelt (rear view)

Figure 2-50 Fixing Lower CleaningBelt (rear view)

4 Orientation of the fixing Upper/Lower Solenoid

Adjust the position so that the stroke [A]is 3 ± 0.2 mm for the fixing paper solenoid and4 ± 0.2 mm for the lower fixing solenoid.

Figure 2-51


2-26

5 Points to Note When Replacingthe Oil Coating Assembly

Caution:1. The oil coating unit is adjusted and

assembled at the factory, and mustnot be removed. Do not touch thescrews [1] shown in the figure.

2. If you have replaced the oil felt, besure to execute COPIER>OPTION>FIXING>PUMP-ON in servicemode to impregnate it with fixing oil.Be sure to press the Stop key in about10 min.

Figure 2-52 (rear)

Figure 2-53 (front)

[1]

[1]

[1]

2-27


F. Externals/Controls

1 Handling the Flywheel

The copier's flywheel [1] weighs 8 kg intotal. Take extra care not to drop it duringwork. When holding it, be sure to support it onits left and right as shown.

Figure 2-54

[1]


2-28

G. Paper Deck

1 Mounting the Paper LevelIndicator

If you have moved the paper levelindicator drive belt behind the front cover orthe deck lifter when removing the front cover,perform the following to correct its position:1) Move down the deck lifter to the lower

limit.2) Move the drive belt [1] behind the front

cover by hand lightly in the direction ofthe arrow until it stops (so that the whitearea in the window [2] increases).

3) Mount the front cover [3]. If you operate the deck without matchingthe paper level indicator and the decklifter, you can damage the drive system ofthe paper level indicator. Exercise care.

Figure 2-55

Figure 2-56

2 Adjusting the Left/RightRegistration of the Deck

If the left/right registration is 0 ± 2.0 mm,adjust the position of the latch plate [1] withtwo screws [2]. (At this time, use thegraduation [3] on the latch plate as a guide.)

Figure 2-57

[1] [3] [2]

(rear left of compartment)

2-29


3 Adjusting the Position of theRoll

Make adjustments using the fourmounting screws [4] of the roll support plate[3] so that the roll [1] is about 3 mm from thefloor [2] when the compartment is fully slidout.

(At this time, use the graduation [5] on thefront side plate as a reference.)

Figure 2-58

4 Routing the Lifter Cable

1) Fix the lifter drive shaft and the lifter inplace with a hex wrench [1] and a longscrewdriver [2]

2) Fix the cable fixing plate [3] in place tothe lifter with two screws.

3) Hook the lifter cable on the pulley [4].4) Hook the ball of the lifter cable on the

pulley [5] of the lifter drive shaft, andwind the cable along the groove about 1.5turns. At this time, be sure that the liftercable is taut until the long screwdriverused to keep it in position is lightly lifted.

5) In this condition, secure the pulley inplace to the lifter drive shaft with two setscrews [6].

6) Secure all pulleys to the lifter drive shaft;then, measure the distance from the baseplate of the compartment to the topsurface of the lifter to make sure that thelifter is level.

Figure 2-59


2-30

5 Orientation of the Deck PickupRoller

When mounting the deck pickup roller [1]at the front, be sure that the marking [2] on thecollar (silver-colored) is at the copier's frontand the marking [3] on the side of the roller isat the copier's rear.

Figure 2-60

Figure 2-61

6 Orientation of the Deck Pickup/Feed Roller

When mounting the deck pickup/feedroller [1], be sure that the belt pulley [2] is atthe copier's front.

When mounting the pickup/feed rollerrubber to the pickup/feed roller shaft, be surethat the marking [3] is at the copier's rear.

Figure 2-62

When mounting the deck pickup roller[4], be sure that the marking [5] on its insideand the marking [6] on its collar (gold-colored) are at the copier's rear.

[3]

[2][1] (front)

2-31


7 Adjusting the Deck SeparationRoller Pressure

If double feeding or pickup failure occurswhen pickup is from the side paper deck,adjust the position of pressure spring of thedeck separation roller.

• If pickup failure occurs, move theposition of the spring in the directionof arrow A.

• If double feeding occurs, move theposition of the spring in the directionof arrow B.

Figure 2-63

A

B


2-32

H. Electrical System

The copier's service mode is used to adjust its electrical mechanisms. Most of them areadjusted at the factory, and require high precision. As a rule, do not make those adjustments that arenot discussed herein.

1 When Replacing the CPU PCB

1) Check the data of ADJUST and OPTION in service mode before replacement, and take notes.Or, back up the data using the downloading tool.

2) Remove the CPU PCB.3) Mount the new CPU PCB.4) Remove the three flash memories and the memory PCB from the old CPU PCB, and mount

them to the new CPU PCB.5) Turn on the power switch.6) Select FUNCTION>CLEAR>DC-CON, R-CON and MMI-COPY in service mode; then,

press the OK key.7) Turn off and then on the power switch.8) Enter the data you took notes of in step 1).9) Execute FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.10) Turn off and then on the power switch.

2 When Replacing the Flash Memory on the CPU PCB

1) Check the data of ADJUST and OPTION in service mode before replacement, and take notes.Or, back up the data using the downloading tool.

2) Detach the old flash memory from the CPU PCB.3) Mount the new flash memory to the CPU PCB.4) Turn on the power switch.5) Select FUNCTION>CLEAR>DC-CON, R-CON and MMI-COPY in service mode; then,

press the OK key.6) Turn off and then on the power switch.7) Enter the data you took notes of in step 1).8) Execute FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.9) Turn off and then on the power switch.

2-33


3 Adjusting the Laser Power

If you replaced the laser scanner unit, laser driver PCB, or laser controller PCB, enter thevalues attached to the PCB in service mode (ADJUST>LASER). Attach the label behind the rightfront cover for future reference.

If the output of the laser decreases, be sure to adjust the laser power.• Laser power checker (FY9-4013)• Digital multimeter (CK-0436)

Caution:Check the values recorded on the label attached to the right front door.

1) Turn off the power switch.2) Remove the copyboard glass; then, remove the lens base cover and the laser scanner cover.3) Turn on the power switch.4) Open the front left cover. Make sure the front left cover will not close.5) Remove the left inside cover.6) Remove the laser power checker inlet cover.7) Set the laser power checker switch to '2'.8) Holding the laser power checker [1] so that its light-receiving face is on the right, fit it into the

slot [2].9) Insert the probe of the laser power checker into the digital multimeter, and set the range to 200

mV.10) Select FUNCTION>ADJUST>POWER in service mode, and press OK. (laser output)11) Check the reading of the digital multimeter.12) Compare the reading (Pmax) indicated on the label and the measurement. If different, turn

VR2 [3] on the laser driver PCB.

Figure 2-64 Figure 2-65

[2][1]

[3]


2-34

Caution:1. Turn VR2 slowly while monitoring the output of the laser power checker so as to avoid

increasing the laser power excessively. Turning VR2 counterclockwise will decrease thelaser output.

2. Be sure not to exceed the value recorded on the label. Otherwise, the laser diode maybecome damaged.

3. Do NOT press the Copy Start key while making adjustments using VR2.

13) Press the Stop key to stop the laser output.14) Adjust the laser.

4 Adjusting the Laser

Caution:Be sure to adjust the laser power before starting the following work:

1) Select ADJUST>LASER in service mode.2) Select T-V00 and enter '255'; then, press OK.3) Select T-V00-ON, and press OK. (The laser will turn on.) Take notes of the reading (offset). To

stop the laser output, press the Stop key.4) Select T-V00, and adjust T-V00 so that the following is true: offset value + (0.15 to 0.20 mV)5) Likewise, adjust T-VFF, PE-V00, P3-VFF-1, P3-VFF-2, P3-VFF-3, and P3-VFF-4. To stop

the laser output, press the Stop key. Study the following table for an idea of optimum output.

6) Press the Reset key to end service mode.7) Turn off the power switch.

Item

T-V00

T-VFF

P3-V00

P3-VFF-1

P3-VFF-2

P3-VFF-3

P3-VFF-4

Standard (mV)

Offset value + (0.15 to 0.2)

Pmax ×70%

Offset value + (0.1 to 0.15)

Pmax ×45%

Pmax ×55%

Pmax ×65%

Value on label ×70%

Laser ON key

T-V00-ON

T-VFF-ON

P3V00-ON

P3-V1-ON

P3-V2-ON

P3-V3-ON

P3-V4-ON

2-35


8) Detach the laser power checker, and secure the slot cover in place.9) Mount the left inside cover.

5

When Replacing the Scanning Lamp, Standard White Plate, LampRegulator, Lamp Reflecting Plate, Analog Processor PCB, No. 1 MirrorBase Unit, No. 1 Mirror, No. 2 Mirror Base Unit, No. 2 Mirror, No. 3 Mirror,and CCD Unit

1) Close the front cover, and wait until the copier enters standby state. (Do not open the frontcover while CCD-ADJ is being executed.)

2) Replace the part, and execute FUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ in service mode.When 'END' appears, end the operation. If 'ERR' appears, start over.

3) Turn off and then on the power switch.

6 When Replacing the BD Unit

If you have replaced the BD unit, adjust the position as follows:1) Set the meter range to VAC.2) Connect the + probe to the check pin (TP301) and the - probe to the check pin GND on the BD

PCB.3) Execute FUNCTION>LASER>POWER in service mode.4) Loosen the screw used to secure the BD unit in place, and tighten it when the output reading of

the meter is maximum.

7 Checking the Environment Measurement PCB

The environment measurement PCB and the environment sensor are checked using theenvironment measurement PCB checker (TKN-0457) and the environment sensor calibrator(TKN-0456).a. Checking the Environment Measurement PCB1) Turn off the power.2) Open the hopper.3) Remove the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB, and fit the

environment measurement PCB checker (TKN-0457) in its place.4) Insert the door switch actuator, and turn on the power.5) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.

Check to make sure that the voltage between J1-1 (+) and J1-2 (-) on the environmentmeasurement PCB is 24 ± 2.4 V. If not, check the DC power supply PCB(DCP1).

6) Select DISPLAY>ANALOG in service mode.7) Check the temperature and the humidity on the ANALOG screen.

TEMP: 25 ± 5°CABS-HUM: 40 ± 10%

8) Check to make sure that the reading is as indicated.If no, go to step 9).If yes, go to step 14).


2-36

9) Press the Reset key, and turn off the power switch.10) Disconnect the connector J1 of the environment measurement PCB.11) Turn on the power switch.12) Check the temperature and the humidity on the DISPLAY>ANALOG screen in service mode.

TEMP: 25 ±5°CABS-HUM: 36 ±10%

13) Check to see that the reading is as indicated.If not, suspect a fault on the DC driver PCB or the CPU PCB.

14) Press the Reset key.15) Turn off the power switch.16) Connect the connector J1 to the environment measurement PCB.17) Detach the environment measurement PCB checker from the environment measurement PCB,

and connect the environment sensor in its place.18) Attach all covers.

b. Checking the Environment Sensor1) Check the environment measurement PCB.2) Turn on the power switch, and leave the copier alone for 5 min.3) Check the temperature and the humidity on the DISPLAY>ANALOG screen in service mode,

and record the readings. (data A)TEMP: °C data A1ABS-HUM: % data A2

4) Press the Reset key, and turn off the power switch.5) Detach the environment sensor from the environment measurement PCB, and insert the

environment sensor calibration tool (TKN-0456) in its place.6) Turn on the power switch, and leave the copier alone for 5 min.7) Check the temperature and the humidity on the DISPLAY>ANALOG screen in service mode,

and take notes of them.TEMP: °C data B1ABS-HUM: % data B2

8) Compare data A and data B.• difference between data A1 and data B1 is 0 ± 5.• difference between data A2 and data B2 is 0 ± 20If the difference between data A and data B is not as indicated, replace the environment sensor.

9) Press the Reset key, and turn off the power switch.10) Detach the environment sensor calibrating tool from the environment measurement PCB, and

fit the environment sensor.11) Mount all covers.

Caution:The environment sensor calibration tool (TN-0456) is adjusted at the factory to highprecision. Be sure to store it in an airtight container with a drying agent for storage.

2-37


8 Registering the Cassette/Multifeeder Paper Width Basic Value

Perform what follows below for the following:• If you have replaced the copier's paper width detecting VR (including the multifeeder).• If you have adjusted the front/rear registration of the cassette.You need to register a paper width basic value of STMTR and A4R for each cassette; for the

multifeeder, you must register A6R, A4R, and A4.

a. Cassette1) Slide out the cassette for which you want to register the basic value, and set the paper width

guide inside the cassette to A4R.2) Set the cassette in the copier.3) Select FUNCTION>CST in service mode.4) Select a size (C1-A4R, C2-A4R, C3-A4R) for the cassette in question, and press OK.5) See that basic value 1 has been registered.6) Slide out the cassette for which you want to register a basic value, and set the paper width guide

plate inside the cassette to STRMTR.7) Set the cassette in the copier.8) Select FUNCTION>CST in service mode.9) Select a size (C1-STMTR, C2-STMTR, C3-STMTR) for the cassette in question, and press

OK.10) See that basic value 2 has been registered.11) Set the cassette to the size desired by the user.

b. Multifeeder1) Set the width of the multifeeder guide plate to A6R (105 mm).2) Select service mode FUNCTION>CST.3) Select MF-A6R for which you want to register a basic value, and press OK.4) See that basic value 1 has been registered.5) Set the width of the multifeeder guide plate to A4R (210 mm).6) Select MF-A4R for which you want to register a basic value, and press OK.7) See that basic value 2 has been registered.8) Set the width of the multifeeder guide plate to A4 (297 mm).9) Select MF-A4 for which you want to register a basic value, and press OK.10) See that basic value 3 has been registered.

Caution:After registering basic values, be sure to record the values on the service label.


2-38

9 Checking the Surface Potential System

If an image fault has occurred, you must be sure if the cause is in the static latent imageformation block (including the photosensitive drum and the potential control system) or thedeveloping/transfer system. To that end, the surface potential must be checked as follows:

a. Checking the Surface Potential1) Select FUNCTION>DPC>DPC in service mode (for potential control).2) Check the following using DISPLAY>DPOT in service mode.

Screen display

V00-500

V00-700

VFF-500

VFF-700

Guide

430 to 570

600 to 800

50 to 150

100 to 200

3) If the value is not as indicated, make a zero-level check.

b. Zero-Level CheckYou can make use of a zero-level check to see whether the surface potential control circuit is

good or not, thereby finding out whether the level shift circuit of the DC driver PCB and thepotential measurement unit is good or not.

Reference:A zero-level check is designed to find out whether the CPU reads the surface potential of thedrum as '0' when it is 0 V.

A zero-level check may be either of the following two:Method 1: to find out whether the level shift circuit on the DC driver PCB is good or notMethod 2: to find out whether the potential measurement circuit is good or not

Method 11) Remove the rear cover.2) Turn on the power switch, and wait until the copier is in standby state.3) Disconnect the connector J4 (J440) of the potential measurement PCB.4) Short the check pins J1040-1 and -2 on the DC driver PCB with a jumper wire.5) Check to make sure that the reading of DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT is 100 ± 30 V in service

mode.If yes, the part is normal. Go to step 8).

6) Measure the voltage between GND CP and CP4 of the DC driver PCB to see if it is 0.49 ± 0.1V.If no, suspect a fault in the level shift circuit on the DC driver PCB. If yes, suspect a fault in theA/D converter on the CPU PCB.

7) Turn off the power switch, and disconnect the jumper wire; then, connect the connector.8) Mount the rear cover, and turn on the power switch.

2-39


Method 21) Turn off the power switch.2) Remove the photosensitive drum unit.3) Fit the potential sensor electrode (TKN-0197) to the potential sensor.

Caution:When fitting the potential sensor electrode to the potential sensor, make sure that magenta ofthe electrode will not come into contact with the potential sensor base.

4) Attach the clip of the jumper line to the potential sensor electrode.

Caution:Be sure NOT to let the clip come into contact with the sensor cover. Further, be sure to allowenough distance from the sensor window.

5) Connect one end of the jumper wire to the copier's chassis metal plate (GND) of the copier.6) Insert the door switch actuator into the door switch assembly.7) Turn on the power switch.

After turning on the power switch, do NOT touch the potential sensor assembly.8) Check to make sure that DISPLAY>DPOT>DPOT is 100 ± 30 V in service mode.

Reference:If the reading is as indicated in method 1 but not as indicated in method 2, suspect dirt on thesensor or a fault in the potential measurement unit.If the reading is not as indicated in method 1 and method 2, you may assume that the signalpath from the potential sensor unit to the CPU on the CPU PCB is normal.

9) Turn off the power switch.10) Detach the potential sensor electrode.11) Mount the photosensitive drum unit.12) Turn on the power switch.


2-40

10 When Replacing the DC Driver PCB

Check the setting of the DIP switch on the old DC driver PCB, and set the DIP switch on thenew DC driver PCB.

In addition, be sure to remove the jumper connector J1050 from the old DC driver PCB, andconnect it to J1050 of the new DC driver PCB.

11 Checking the Photointerrupter

The copier allows the use of its service mode when checking its photointerrupers in addition tothe use of a conventional meter.

1. Using a Meter1) Set the meter range to 30 VDC.2) Connect the - probe of the meter to J101-7 (GND) on the DC driver PCB or J3-3 (GND) on the

deck driver PCB.3) Connect the (+) probe of the meter to the terminals (on the driver PCB) indicated on the pages

that follow.4) Make checks as shown.

2. Using Service Mode1) Select I/O DISPLAY in service mode.2) Bring up the I/O address to check, and make checks as shown.

2-41


Sensor

PS1Originalscanner HPsensor

PS2Side A sensor

PS3Side B sensor

PS4C sensor

PS5Pre-transfersensor

PS6Post-transfersensor

PS7Separationsensor

PS8Attraction/transferlocking camHP sensor

PS9Multifeederpickup sensor

PS10Fixing oillevel sensor

I/Odisplay

--

--

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

10

Connector No.I/O address

J602-2---------

J1014-B8P009-8

J1014-B7P009-9

J1014-B5P009-10

J1014-B3P001-9

J1014-B2P001-10

J10013-B4P001-11

J1014-B1P009-3

J1017-B10P001-5

J1004-B5P006-4

When the light-blocking plate is atPS1,While the light-blocking plate is notat PS1,

When the light-blocking plate is atPS2,When the light-blocking plate is notat PS2,

When the light-blocking plate is atPS3,When the light-blocking plate is notat PS3,

When the light-blocking-plate is atPS4,When the light-blocking plate is notat PS4,

When paper ispresent over PS5,When paper is absentover PS5,



When cam is not atHP,When cam is at HP,


When oil is present,When oil is absent,

Move the scanner byhand while instandby.

Move the transferdrum by hand whilein standby.



Put paper on thetransfer drum andmove it by hand whilein standby.

Put paper over PS6while in standby.


Take measurementsduring copyingoperation.


Remove PS10 whilein standby.

Voltagereading

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V0V

Checks


2-42

Sensor

PS11Fixing uppercleaning beltlength sensor

PS12Internaldeliverysensor

PS15Multi feederpaper sensor

PS17Multifeederlifter H sensor

PS18Multifeederlifter L sensor

PS19(CLC1120/1130)Cassette 1lifter sensor

PS20(CLC1120/1130)Cassette 1paper sensor

PS21(CLC1120/1130)Pickupvertical path 1sensor

PS22/DPS22Cassette 2/1lifter sensor

PS23/DPS23Cassette 3/2lifter sensor

PS24/DPS24Cassette 2/1paper sensor

I/Odisplay

1

0

1

0

1

0

10

10

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0


J1004-B2P006-3

J1004-B3P001-13

J1017-B16P002-13

J1017-B13P007-15

J1017-B12P007-14

J1020-B3P007-10

J1020-B5P002-10

J1019-A2P001-2

J1017-A5P007-1

J1018-A3P007-8

J1017-A7P002-9


When paper ispresent over PS12,When paper is absentover PS12


When the lifter isdown,When the lifter is up,

When the lifter isdown,When the lifter is up,

When paper ispresent over PS19,When paper is absentover PS19



When the light-blocking plate ispushed,When the light-blocking plate is notpushed,


When paper ispresent over PS24,While paper is notpresent over PS24,




Move up the lifterwhile in standby.

Move up the lifterwhile in standby.




Push the light-blocking plate whilein standby.



Voltagereading

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V0V

5V0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

Checks

2-43


Sensor

PS25/DPS25Cassette 3/2paper sensor

PS26Pickupvertical path2/1 sensor

PS27Pickupvertical path3/2 sensor

PS28(CLC1150)Re-pickupvertical pathsensor

PS30Pre-registrationsensor

PS31Externaldeliverysensor

PS32(CLC1150)Deliveryvertical path 1sensor

PS33(CLC1150)Deliveryvertical path 2sensor

PS34(CLC1150)Duplexingpath papersensor

PS35(CLC1150)Duplexingreversal papersensor

PS36(CLC1150)Duplexingtray papersensor

I/Odisplay

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

0

1


J1018-A5P002-8

J1017-A4P001-1

J1018-A2P001-2

J1019-A2P001-3

J1013-B6P002-15

J1008-B2P001-12

J1029-6P002-0

J1029-11P002-1

J1022-B8P002-3

J1022-B7P002-4

J1022-B6P002-11






When paper ispresent over PS31.When paper is absentover PS31,

Paper is present overPS32,Paper is absent overPS32,
















Voltagereading

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

Checks


2-44

Sensor

PS37(CLC1150)Duplexinginlet papersensor

PS40(CLC1150)Paper joggingguide HPsensor

PS41Right frontcover sensor

PS42Left frontcover sensor

PS43Deliverycover sensor

PS44Pickup coversensor

PS46(CLC120/1130)Cassette 1open/closedsensor

PS47/DPS47Cassette 2/1open/closedsensor

PS48/DPS48Cassette 3/1open/closedsensor

PS49M developingassembly HPsensor

PS51C developingassembly HPsensor

I/Odisplay

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

10

10


J1022-A3P002-2

J1022-A4P009-4

J1027-B8P004-1

J1027-A8P004-2

J1027-B2P004-0

J1007-B5P004-3

J1020-B2P008-3

J1017-A3P008-2

J1018-A1P008-1

J1016-B2P00A-8

J1015-A3P00A-9


While the guide ispresent over PS40,While the guide isabsent over PS40,

When the cover isclosed,When the cover isopen,




When the cassette isclosed,When the cassette isopen,



When at HP,When not at HP,



Move the guide whilein standby.

Open and close thecover while instandby.

Open and then closethe cover while instandby.

Open and then closethe cover while instandby.

Open and close thecover while instandby.

Open and close thecassette while instandby.





Voltagereading

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V0V

5V0V

Checks

2-45


Sensor

PS53Y developingassembly HPsensor

PS55Bk developingassembly HPsensor

PS57Transfer drumHP sensor

PS59Transfer drumcleaner HPsensor

PS62Multifeedertray open/closed sensor

PS67Fixing lowercleaning beltlength sensor

PS68Waste tonercase fullsensor

PS69 (Note)Transparencysensor

PS70 (Note)Registrationsensor

PS71 (Note)Pre-cleaningpaper sensor

PS101Deck pickupsensor

PS102Deck paperabsent sensor

I/Odisplay

10

10

10

10

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0

1

0


J1016-A2P00A-10

J1015-B3P00A-11

J1002-A2P009-1

J1002-B2P009-2

J1017-B9P004-6

J1004-B1P006-2

J1027-B4P006-6

J1013-B9P001-6

J1013-B8P001-8

J1007-B14P00B-1

J5-B4P001-4

J5-A4P002-12





When the tray isclosed,When the tray isopen,



When paper ispresent over PS69,When pepper isabsent over PS69,





Take measurementsduring copying.


Take measurementsduring copying.


Open and close thetray during standby.








Voltagereading

5V0V

5V0V

5V0V

5V0V

0V

4V

5V

0V

0V

5V

5V

0V

5V

0V

several V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

Checks

Note: The sensor detects paper after the LED of the sensor turns on; normally, ‘1’ is indicated,since the LED is not ON.


2-46

Sensor

PS103Deck lifterupper limitsensor

PS104Deck lifterpositionsensor 18

PS105Deck setsensor

PS107Deck paperlevel uppersensor

PS108Deck paperlevel lowersensor

PS109Deck opensensor

I/Odisplay

0

1

-

-

0

1

0

1

0

1

1

0


J5-A7P007-13

J5-A10---------

J6-4P016-14

J4-5P016-12

J4-2P016-11

J6-7P016-15






When the deckassembly is open,When the deckassembly is closed,

Put the light-blockingplate while instandby.





Release the deckassembly while instandby.

Voltagereading

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

5V

0V

0V

5V

Checks

3-1

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OF ELECTRICAL PARTS

CHAPTER 3 ARRANGEMENT AND FUNCTIONS OFELECTRICAL PARTS

A. Sensors

1. CLC1120/1130

Table 3-1a (CLC1120/1130)

Figure 3-1a (CLC1120/1130)

PS1

PS2

PS3

PS4

PS5

PS6

PS7

PS8

PS9

PS10

PS11

PS12

PS15

PS17

PS18

PS19

PS20

PS21

PS22

PS23

PS24

PS25

PS26

PS27

PS30

PS31

Original scanner home positionsensor

Side A sensor

Side B sensor

C sensor

Pre-transfer paper sensor

Post-transfer paper sensor

Separation sensor

Attraction/transfer locking cam HPsensor

Multifeeder pickup sensor

Fixing oil level sensor

Fixing upper cleaning belt levelsensor

Internal delivery sensor

Multifeeder paper sensor

Multifeeder lifter H sensor

Multifeeder lifter L sensor

Cassette 1 lifter position sensor

Cassette 1 paper sensor

Pickup vertical path 1 sensor


Cassette 3 lifter position sensor(CLC1130 only)


Cassette 3 paper sensor (CLC1130only)


Pickup vertical path 3 sensor(CLC1130 only)

Pre-registration sensor

External delivery sensor

PS41

PS10

PS12

PS31

PS69L PS69S

PS6

PS5PS7PS11

PS67

PS2 PS3

PS4

PS8

TS1TS4

TS2

TS3

PS71

PS30

PS70LPS70S

PS68LPS68S

3


3-2

Table 3-1b (CLC1120/1130)

Table 3-1b (CLC1120/1130)

PS41

PS42

PS43

PS44

PS46

PS47

PS48

PS49

PS51

PS53

PS55

PS57

PS59

PS62

PS67

PS68L/S

PS69L/S

PS70L/S

PS71

PSU2

PSU3

VR2

VR3

VR4

VR5

VR6

VR7

TS1

TS2

TS3

TS4

UN10

Right front cover sensor

Left front cover sensor

Delivery cover sensor

Pickup cover sensor

Cassette 1 open/closed sensor


Cassette 3 open/closed sensor(CLC1130 only)

M developing assembly HP sensor

C developing assembly HP sensor

Y developing assembly HP sensor

Bk developing assembly HP sensor

Transfer drum HP sensor

Transfer drum cleaner HP sensor

Multifeeder tray open/closessensor

Fixing lower cleaning belt lengthsensor

Waste toner case full sensor

Transparency sensor

Registration sensor

Pre-cleaning paper sensor

Cassette 2 paper length sensor(CLC1120 only)

Cassette 3 paper length sensor(CLC1130 only)

Cassette 1 paper level detectingVR

Cassette 2 paper width detectingVR (CLC1120 only)


Cassette 3 paper width detectingVR (CLC1130 only)

Cassette 3 paper level detectingVR (CLC1130 only)

Multifeeder paper width detectingVR

M toner level sensor

C toner level sensor

Y toner level sensor

Bk toner level sensor

Environment sensor

VR7

VR5PSU3

PS43

PS1

PS57

PS59

PS42

PS55

PS49

PS51

PS53

PS44

PS9PS62

PS17

PS15

PS18

UN10

PS23PS25

PS48

PS22PS24

PS47

PS19PS20

PS46

PS27

PS26

PS21

VR4

VR2

VR6

3-3


Table 3-2a (CLC1150)

Figure 3-2a (CLC1150)

PS1

PS2

PS3

PS4

PS5

PS6

PS7

PS8

PS9

PS10

PS11

PS12

PS15

PS17

PS18

DPS22

DPS23

DPS24

DPS25

PS26

PS27

PS28

PS30

PS31

PS32

PS33

PS34

PS35

PS36

Original scanner home positionsensor

Side A sensor

Side B sensor

C sensor

Pre-transfer paper sensor

Post-transfer paper sensor

Separation sensor

Attraction/transfer locking cam HPsensor

Multifeeder pickup sensor

Fixing oil level sensor

Fixing upper cleaning belt lengthsensor

Internal delivery sensor

Multifeeder paper sensor

Multifeeder lifter H sensor

Multifeeder lifter L sensor







Re-picup vertical path sensor

Pre-registration sensor

External delivery paper sensor

Delivery vertical path 1 sensor

Delivery vertical path 2 sensor

Duplexing path paper sensor

Duplexing reversal paper sensor

Duplexing tray paper sensor

2. CLC1150

PS41

PS68LPS68S

PS37

PS10

PS36

PS40

PS34

PS35

PS12

PS32

PS31

PS33

PS6

PS5PS7PS11

PS67

PS2 PS3

PS4

PS8

TS1TS4

TS2

TS3

PS71

PS30

PS70L

PS70S

PS69L PS69S


3-4

Table 3-2b (CLC1150) Figure 3-2b (CLC1150)

PS37

PS40

PS41

PS42

PS43

PS44

DPS47

DPS48

PS49

PS51

PS53

PS55

PS57

PS59

PS62

PS67

PS68L/S

PS69L/S

PS70L/S

PS71

DPSU3

DVR4

DVR5

DVR6

VR7

TS1

TS2

TS3

TS4

UN10

Duplexing inlet paper sensor

Paper jogging guide HP sensor

Right front cover sensor

Left front cover sensor

Delivery cover sensor

Pickup cover sensor



M developing assembly HP sensor

C developing assembly HP sensor

Y developing assembly HP sensor

Bk developing assembly HP sensor

Transfer drum HP sensor

Transfer drum cleaner HP sensor

Multifeeder tray open/closedsensor

Fixing lower cleaning belt lengthsensor

Waste toner case full sensor

Transparency sensor

Registration sensor


Cassette 2 paper length sensor


Cassette 2 paper width detectingVR


Multifeeder paper width detectingVR

M toner level sensor

C toner level sensor

Y toner level sensor

Bk toner level sensor

Environment sensor

DPS23DPS25

DPS48

DPS22DPS24

DPS47

PS27

PS26DVR4

VR7

DVR5DPSU3

DVR6

PS43

PS1

PS57

PS59

PS42

PS55

PS49

PS51

PS53

PS44

PS9PS62

PS17

PS15

PS18

PS28UN10

3-5


Table 3-3

Figure 3-3

THM1

THM2

THM3

THM4

TP1

TP2

TP3

TP6

LA1

LA2

H1

H2

H3

H4

H5

ELB

LF1

SSR1

SSR2

RL1

RL3

P1

SW1

SW2

SW3

SW4

SW5

SW6

SW7

SW8

Fixing upper thermistor 1

Fixing upper thermistor 2

Fixing lower thermsitor 3

Fixing lower thermistor 4

Scanner thermal switch 1

Fixing upper thermal switch

Fixing lower thermal switch

Scanner thermal switch 2

Pre-exposure lamp

Scanning lamp

Fixing upper heater

Fixing lower heater

Drum heater

Cassette heater 1

Cassette heater 2

Leakage breaker

Noise filer

Fixing heater SSR

Drum, cassette, deck heater SSR

AC power cut relay

DC power cut relay

Power cord

Power switch

Control switch

Transfer unit lever switch

Left front door switch

Delivery door switch

Environment switch

Waste toner feedscrew lockeddetecting switch

Cassette heater switch

B. Thermistors, Lamps, and Heaters

SW7

RL1

SSR1

SW1

SW3

SW4 SW2

SW5

LF1

RL3SSR2

SW6SW8

H5

H4

P1ELCB

LA1

LA2

TP6

TP1H3

H2

THM1

THM2

TP3

TP2

THM3THM4

H1


3-6

Table 3-4 (CLC1120/1130)

Figure 3-4 (CLC1120/1130)

CL1

CL2

CL3

CL4

CL5

CL6

CL7

CL8

CL9

CL10

CL11

CL12

CL13

CL16

CL18

M developing cylinder clutch

C developing cylinder clutch

Y developing cylinder clutch

Bk developing cylinder clutch

M toner supply clutch

C toner supply clutch

Y toner supply clutch

Bk toner supply clutch

Registration clutch

Multifeeder feeding clutch

Cassette 1 pickup clutch


Cassette 3 pickup clutch (CLC1130only)

Multifeeder pickup clutch

Postcard feeding clutch (100-Vmodel only)

C. Clutches

1. CLC1120/1130

CL3

CL10

CL7CL6

CL5CL8

CL11

CL12

CL13

CL16CL9

CL2CL1

CL4

CL18

3-7


Table 3-5 (CLC1150)

Figure 3-5 (CLC1150)

CL1

CL2

CL3

CL4

CL5

CL6

CL7

CL8

CL9

CL10

DCL12

DCL13

CL14

CL15

CL16

CL18

CL19

M developing cylinder clutch

C developing cylinder clutch

Y developing cylinder clutch

Bk developing cylinder clutch

M toner supply clutch

C toner supply clutch

Y toner supply clutch

Bk toner supply clutch

Registration clutch

Multifeeder feeding clutch



Duplexing feeding clutch

Re-pickup clutch

Multifeeder pickup clutch

Postcard feeding clutch (100-Vmodel only)

Delivery vertical path roller clutch

2. CLC1150

DCL12

CL3

CL10

CL15

CL14

CL7CL6

CL5CL8

CL19

CL16CL9

CL2CL1

CL4

CL18

DCL13


3-8

Table 3-6 (CLC1120/1130)

Figure 3-6 (CLC1120/1130)

SL1

SL2

SL3

SL4

SL5

SL6

SL7

SL8

SL9

SL14

Fixing upper cleaning belt solenoid

Fixing lower cleaning belt solenoid

Separation push-up solenoid

Separation claw solenoid

Registration roller releasingsolenoid

Attraction roller solenoid

Pickup roller 1 solenoid


Pickup roller 3 solenoid (CLC1130only)

Multifeeder pickup solenoid

D. Solenoids

1. CLC1120/1130

SL14

SL1

SL2

SL8

SL7

SL9

SL3

SL5SL6

SL4

3-9


Table 3-7 (CLC1150)


SL1

SL2

SL3

SL4

SL5

SL6

DSL8

DSL9

SL10

SL12

SL13

SL14

SL15

Fixing upper cleaning belt solenoid

Fixing lower cleaning belt solenoid

Separation push-up solenoid

Separation claw solenoid

Registration roller releasingsolenoid

Attraction roller solenoid



Delivery paper deflecting platesolenoid

Stopper plate solenoid

Duplexing paper feed rollersolenoid

Multifeeder pickup solenoid

Stacking guide plate solenoid

2. CLC1150

SL14

SL1

SL2

SL13

SL12

SL15DSL8

DSL9

SL3

SL5SL6

SL4

SL10


3-10

Table 3-8

Figure 3-8

FM1

FM2

FM3

FM4

FM5

FM6

FM7

FM8

FM9

FM11

FM13

FM14

FM15

FM16

FM17

Original exposure system coolingfan 1

Exhaust discharge fan

Primary charging assembly fan

Laser scanner motor cooling fan

Ozone suction fan

Toner suction fan

IP cooling an

Electrical unit cooling fan

Power supply cooling fan 1

Delivery cooling fan

Power supply cooling fan 2



Back suction fan

Power cord mount cooling fan

E. Fans

3-11


Table 3-9 (CLC1120/1130) Figure 3-9 (CLC1120/1130)

M2

M3

M4

M5

M6

M7

M8

M9

M10

M11

M12

M13

M15

PM1

PM2

PM3

PM4

PM5

PM6

PM7

PM8

PM9

PM10

PM11

PM12

PM15

Drum motor

Laser scanner motor

Main motor

Fixing motor

Primary charging wire cleaningmotor

Cleaning blade reciprocating motor

Transfer drum cleaning brushmotor

Polishing roller motor

Hopper motor

Cassette 1 lifter motor


Cassette 3 lifter motor (CLC1130only)

Multifeeder lifter motor

M developing assembly lockingmotor

C developing assembly lockingmotor

Y developing assembly lockingmotor

Bk developing assembly lockingmotor

Transfer drum locking motor

Transfer drum cleaner lockingmotor

Attraction/transfer locking cammotor

Pre-registration motor 2


Cassette 1 pickup motor


Cassette 3 pickup motor (CLC130only)

Original scanner motor

F. Motors

PM11

PM10

PM5

PM6

M5M7

M2PM3

PM2

PM1

PM4

M4

PM12

M13M12

M11

M15

PM8PM9

PM15

M3

M9

M8

M10PM7

M6


3-12

Table 3-10 (CLC1150)


M2

M3

M4

M5

M6

M7

M8

M9

M10

DM12

DM13

M14

M15

PM1

PM2

PM3

PM4

PM6

PM7

PM8

PM9

DPM11

DPM12

PM13

PM14

PM15

Drum motor

Laser scanner motor

Main motor

Fixing motor

Primary charging wire cleaningmotor

Cleaning blade reciprocating motor

Transfer drum leaner brush motor

Polishing roller motor

Hopper motor



Duplexing motor

Multifeeder lifter motor

M developing assembly lockingmotor

C developing assembly lockingmotor

Y developing assembly lockingmotor

Bk developing assembly lockingmotor

Transfer drum cleaner lockingmotor

Attraction/transfer locking cammotor





Re-pickup motor

Duplexing paper jogging motor


DPM11

PM13

M14 PM5

PM6

M5M7

M2PM3

PM2

PM1

PM4

M4

DPM12

DM13

DM12

M15

PM14

PM8PM9

PM15

M3

M9

M8

M10PM7

M6

3-13


Table 3-11a

Figure 3-11a

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

CPU PCB

CCD/CCD driver PCB

Analog processor PCB

Image processor motherboard

Image processor main PCB

Image processor ECO PCB

ECO relay PCB

Laser controller PCB

Laser drive PCB

BD PCB

Original scanner motor driver PCB

Control panel PCB

Inverter PCB

Contrast VR PCB

Keypad PCB

ECO PCB

Memory PCB

Bi-Centronics I/F PCB

DC driver PCB

DC power supply PCB

AC fuse PCB

DC fuse PCB

Drum heater controller PCB

Oil pump driver PCB

Transfer driver PCB

Registration path driver PCB

Pickup driver PCB

Duplexing driver PCB (CLC1150only)

Developing assembly lockingdriver PCB

Transfer assembly locking driverPCB

G. PCBs

[2]

[15]

[15]

[10][36]

[34]

[38]

[23]

[25]

[39]

[19]

[35]

[33]

[32]

[28]


3-14

Table 3-11b

Figure 3-11b

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

41

Developing bias PCB

HVT-AC PCB

HVT-DC PCB

Potential measurement PCB

Main motor driver PCB

Laser scanner motor PCB

Hopper motor PCB

IP-ED/IF PCB (accessory)

IP-PRJ PCB (accessory)

Flicker controller PCB (230-Vmodel only)

Transformer PCB

[11]

[16] [41]

[12]

[8]

[29][9]

[3]

[13]

[5]

[14]

[26]

[37]

[18][7]

[6]

[22][20]

[31]

[21]

[1]

[27]

[32]

[24][40]

[17]

3-15


Table 3-12

Figure 3-12

PS101

PS102

PS103

PS104

PS105

PS107

PS108

PS109

SW100

SW101

SW102

Deck pickup sensor

Deck paper absent sensor

Deck lifter upper limit sensor

Deck position sensor

Deck set sensor

Deck paper level upper sensor

Deck paper level lower sensor

Deck open sensor

Deck open switch

Deck open detecting switch

Deck lifter lower limit detectingswitch

H. Paper Deck

1. Sensors and Switches

SW102

SW101PS101

PS105

PS104

PS102

PS103

PS107 SW100

PS109

PS108


3-16

Table 3-13

Figure 3-13

PM101

M101

CL102

SL101

SL102

[1]

[2]

Deck pickup motor

Deck lifter motor

Deck pickup clutch

Deck pickup solenoid

Deck open solenoid

Deck driver PCB

Deck open switch PCB

2. Motors, Clutches, Solenoids, and PCBs

PM101

SL102

M101

SL101

[2]

[1]

CL102

3-17


I. Variable Resistors (VR), Light-Emitting Diodes (LED), andCheck Pins by PCB

Of the variable resistors (VR), light-emitting diodes (LED), and check pins used in the copier,those that may be used in the field are discussed.

Caution:1. Some LEDs emit light even when off because of leakage current. It is a normal condition,

and must be kept in mind.2. VRs that may be used in the field:

VRs that must not be used it the field:3. The VRs and check pins that are not found in the tables are for the factory only, and require

special tools and high accuracy. Do NOT touch them in the field.

1. DC Driver PCB

VR2

VR1 J1040

J1030

J1029J1022J1023J1024

LED1

1

15

112

17

28

2

J100

1

J1053

J105251

5131

J1051

7

1

ON

2

1

J1050

SW1

J1026A1 A15

B15 B1

J1027J1028

J1025A1 A10

B10 B1

A1

A8

A1

A10 A1 A12

B10 B1

A1 A10

B12 B1

B1

B8

J100

2

A10

A1

B1

B10

J100

5

A10

A1

B1

B1B

2A1A2

B49 B50 A49 A

50B

10

J100

4J1

006

B1

B13

A1

A12

A13

A1

B1

A1

A18

B18

B1

J101

5J1

016

J101

7A

1A

16

B16

B1

J101

8A

1A

12

B1

B9

B1

B12 J1

019

A1

A9

B13

J102

0A

1A

13B1

J102

1

A1

A10

B10

B1

B1B10

J1007

A1A18

B1 B18

J1008

A1A8

B8B1

J1011

A1A12

J1012

A1A13

J1013

A1A17

J1014

A1A11

B12B1B13B1B17B1B11B1J1009J1010

41

91

1 13

2 14

B12

(OLD TYPE)

1

ON

2

SW1

(NEW TYPE)

Figure 3-14

LED: turns on when +24 V is supplied, and turns off when the front cover is opened.

SW1-1

OFF

ON

OFF

ON

SW1-2

OFF

OFF

ON

ON

Remarks

Normal area

Highland 1

Highland 2

OUT

Normal

Case 1

Case 2

Not used

Table 3-14


3-18

Caution:If the copier is used in highlands (low atmospheric pressure), images may suffer from transferfaults. Try changing the setting of the DIP switch (SW1) to highland 1, and see if the problemis corrected; if the problem still occurs, switch SW1 to highland 2.If the problem still remains thereafter, shift SW1 back to its normal setting, and try to checkother possible causes.

2. CPU PCB

Figure 3-15

LED1: turns on when +5 V is supplied.LED2: turns on when +24 V is supplied.

3. IP main PCB

VR1

LED1

LED2

J2001J2002 J2003 J20041 4

B2B1

B14B15

A34

A33

A2

A1

B34

B33

B2

B1

A34

A33

A2

A1

B34

B33

B2

B1

A2A1

A50A49

B1B2

B49B50

A1A2

A29A30

B1B2

B29B30

A1

A2

A49

A50

B1

B2

B49

B50

A1

A2

A9

A10

B10B

9B

1B

2

A34

A33

A2

A1

B34

B33

B2

B1

A34

A33

A2

A1

B34

B33

B2

B1

A2

A1

A9

A8

B9

B8

B2

B1

A1A2

A33A34

B1B2

B33B34

A1A2

A33A34

B1B2

B33B34

A14A15

A2A1

B2B1

B8B9

A8A9

A2A1

B1B2

B9B10

A10A9

A2A1

B1B2

B19B20

A20A19

A2A1

B2B1

B16B17

A16A17

A2A1

J2005 J2006

J205

1J2

052

1

1

1 5 1 4 1 6

32

98J2

007

J21

J20

J24

J25

J2010 J2009

J9 J6 J2

1J1

A1 A15

A15 A1

J30

J23

J22

J2011J20122 8

1 7

J205

3J2

012

1 9

J214 J215

J216

J217

5251 100

995049

B1B2A1A2

B1B2A1A2

B49B50A49A50

B39B40A39A40

21

21

32 1J21132 1 J212 J21332 1

1415 J2182

11415

Figure 3-16

3-19


4. Analog Processor PCB

Figure 3-17

5. Laser Driver PCB

1 11J2102

J210

0J2

101

B24

A24B

25

A25

B2

B1

A2 A1

1 6J2104 1 13J2103

8 1J2105

Figure 3-18

VR2: for Pmax adjustment of the laser.

1 14

J1302

1 16

J1303

J130

4

A15

B15

J130

1

81

A1

B1

VR1VR2


3-20

6. Lamp Regulator PCB

Figure 3-19

7. DC Fuse PCB1

3J1

0

41

J9

VR2

J450

110

VR1

6 1

J931

71

J932

21

J910

J936

J930

18

12

41

J906

1 5J9396

3

J907

1 6

J909

J905

3 1

4 2

1 8

J933J908

1 10

J934

1 9

J935

1FU939

FU940

FU926

FU

941

FU

921

FU

922

FU

925

FU

904

FU

905

FU

906

FU

901

FU

923

FU

924

FU

903

FU

935

FU

934

FU

932

FU

933

FU931

FU936

FU937

FU938

4

4

1J929

4

2

3

1J937

2 1J938

Figure 3-20

3-21


8. AC Fuse PCB

Figure 3-21

9. Developing Bias PCB

J5 FU1011

2

1 3J405

101

J406

J401

1 2J404

VR509

J402

71

J400

41

VR508

VR505

VR504

VR506

VR507

VR503

VR502

VR501

Figure 3-22


3-22

10. HVT-AC PCB

Figure 3-23

11. Potential Measurement PCB

VR102

VR101V

R103

10 1

51

J421

J106

J105

21

J104

61

J103

Figure 3-24

LED1: remains on while the surface potential of the drum is being measured.

1 4

J3

1 4

J2

1 5

J1

VR1

VR2

LED1

4-1



A. Outline

The copier's service mode consists of three levels, each using its own screen: Initial screen,Level 1/Level 2 item Screen, and Level 3 item screen.

( )(2,8)( )

User screen

Initial screen

Level 1/Level 2 item screen

Level 3 item screen

Level 3 item screen

Level 3 item screen

Level 3 item screen

Reset key

Reset key

Select an item.

From Level 1/Level 2 item screen

Select a Level 1 item at the top of the screen.Select a Level 2 item from the list.

Previous/Next page Previous/Next page Previous/Next page

Figure 4-1 Organization of Screens

4


4-2

The copier's service mode consists of the following seven:

Figure 4-2 Division of Service Mode

1. Starting Service Mode and Making Selections1) Press the asterisk key on the control panel.2) Press '2' and '8' on the keypad at the same time.3) Press the asterisk key on the control key.• The above operations will bring up the following Initial screen:

Figure 4-3 Initial Screen

COPIER

FEEDER

SORTER

PRJ

DISPLAY

I/O

ADJUST

FUNCTION

OPTION

TEST

COUNTER

EDITOR

Control/display mode

I/O display mode

Adjustment mode

Operation/inspection mode

Settings mode

Test print mode

Counter mode

Service mode of the copier

Service mode of the RDF*

Service mode of the sorter*

Service mode of the projector*

Service mode of the editor*

*Only if installed.

4-3


Figure 4-4 Service Label

Service label

2. Ending Service Mode• Press the Reset key once to bring back the service mode Initial screen (Figure 4-3).• Press the Reset key twice to end service mode and to bring back the User screen (standard

screen).

Caution:If you used ADJUST, FUNCTION, or OPTION in service mode, be sure to turn off and thenon the power switch after ending service mode.

3. Backing Up the RAMAt time of shipment from the factory, each machine is adjusted individually and its adjustment

values are recorded on the service label (one of the two labels attached to the service data sheetcover behind the front cover).

If you have replaced the CPU PCB or initialized the RAM, be sure to record all service modevalues (ADJUST/OPTION) of the service label. (The values will return to default values uponreplacement or initialization.)

If you cannot find an appropriate heading on service label 1, make use of the blanks of servicelabel 2.


4-4

Back-Up Data Items

ADJ-XY

CCD

LASER

DENS

ADJ-X

ADJ-Y

ADJ-S

ADJ-J

EC-B

EC-G

EC-R

T-V00

T-VFF

P3-V00

P3-VFF-1

P3-VFF-2

P3-VFF-3

P3-VFF-4

SGNL-Y

SGNL-M

SGNL-C

REF-Y

REF-M

REF-C

SIGG-Y

SIGG-M

SIGG-C

RGAIN-K

D-Y-TRGT

D-M-TRGT

D-C-TRGT

PTOFST-Y

PTOFST-M

PTOFST-C

PTOFST-K

D-REF-Y

D-REF-M

D-REF-C

D-REF-K

D-REF-4

D-SGNL-Y

Adjust

4-5


DENS

V-CONT

PASCAL

COLOR

D-SGNL-M

D-SGNL-C

D-SGNL-K

D-SGNL-4

P-REF-Y

P-REF-M

P-REF-C

P-REF-K

P-SGNL-Y

P-SGNL-M

P-SGNL-C

P-SGNL-K

SIGG-K

SIGG-P-Y

SIGG-P-M

SIGG-P-C

SIGG-P-K

RGAN-P-Y

RGAN-P-M

RGAN-P-C

RGAN-P-K

VBACK-Y

VBACK-M

VBACK-C

VBACK-K

EPOTOFST

PF-CRT-Y

PF-CRT-M

PF-CRT-C

PF-CRT-K

OFST-P-Y

OFST-P-M

OFST-P-C

OFST-P-K

ADJ-Y

ADJ-M

ADJ-C

ADJ-K

OFST-Y

Adjust


4-6

COLOR

HV-TR

HV-SP

OFST-M

OFST-C

OFST-K

P-ADJ-Y

P-ADJ-M

P-ADJ-C

P-ADJ-K

P-OFST-Y

P-OFST-M

P-OFST-C

P-OFST-K

TR-TR

TR-L1

HV-L2

TR-N1

TR-N2

TR-T1

TR-T2

TR-UT1

TR-UT2

TR-S1-1

TR-S2-1

TR-OHP

TR-POST

HV-SP

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

SP-ON-N1

SP-ON-N2

SP-ON-L1

Adjust

4-7


HV-SP

HV-IEL

HV-ATT

DOC-REC

SP-ON-L2

SP-ON-T1

SP-ON-T2

SP-ONUT1

SP-ONUT2

SP-ON-S1

SP-ON-S2

SP-ONOHP

SP-ON-PT

HV-IEL

IEL-L1

IEL-L2

IEL-N1

IEL-N2

IEL-T1

IEL-T2

IEL-UT1

IEL-UT2

IEL-S1-1

IEL-S2-1

IEL-OHP

IEL-POST

HV-ATT

ATT-L1

ATT-L2

ATT-N1

ATT-N2

ATT-T1

ATT-T2

ATT-S1

ATT-S2

ATT-OHP

ATT-UT1

ATT-UT2

ATT-POST

DA-XS

DA-XE

DA-YS

DA-YE

Adjust


4-8

DOC-REC

FEED-ADJ

CST-ADJ

MISC

SENS-ADJ

DS-DOC

ATT-T-A

ATT-T-B

RG-XA

RG-XB

RG-Y

TR-DLY-A

TR-DLY-B

TR-END-A

TR-END-B

C2-STMTR

C2-A4R

C3-STMTR

C3-A4R

MF-A4R

MF-A6R

MF-A4

C1-LVOL

C1-HVOL

C2-LVOL

C2-HVOL

C3-LVOL

C3-HVOL

SEG-ADJ

K-ADJ

ATT-RTN1

ATT-RTN2

ATT-RTN3

ATT-RTN4

BC-ADJ

ACS-ADJ

CLN-TH

CLN-TMP

Adjust

4-9


HV-SP-AC

HV-PSTCL

FEEDER

PRJ

HV-SP

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

HV-PSTCL

ADJ-RX

ADJ-RY

ADJ-DX

ADJ-DY

DS-PRJ

DS-OHP

RD-XS

RD-XE

RD-YS

RD-YE

DA-XS

DA-XE

DA-YS

DA-YE

NEGA-B

NEGA-G

NEGA-R

POSI-B

POSI-G

POSI-R

N-LMT

N-G-LMT

P-LMT

P-G-LMT

Adjust


4-10

PRJ

EDITOR

OHP-LMT

P-DA-XS

P-DA-XE

P-DA-YS

P-DA-YE

N-DA-XS

N-DA-XE

N-DA-YS

N-DA-YE

O-DA-XS

O-DA-XE

O-DA-YS

O-DA-YE

CHNGR-X

CHNGR-Y

ED-X

ED-Y

LOOP-MB

LOOP-TH

MRK-MB

MRK-TH

Adjust

4-11


BODY

USER

CST

ACC

INT-FACE

CCD-DISP

MODEL-SZ

RCPR-MD

F-WEB

PASCAL

PSCL-MD

EC-GLASS

PSTCL-ON

METAL

OHP-MODE

COPY-LIM

COUNTER1

COUNTER2

COUNTER3

COUNTER4

COUNTER5

COUNTER6

CONTROL

COLDOFST

MONO-SPD

CLR-L-SP

PRJ-L-SP

BKL-L-SP

P-SZ-C1

P-SZ-C2

COIN

DK-P

REMOTE

B-CLR

P-PRT-MF

Option


4-12

4. Basic Operationa. Initial Screen

Figure 4-5

b. Level 1/Level 2 Item Screen

Figure 4-6

4-13


c. Level 3 Item Screen

Figure 4-7

<VERSION> < 1/3 > < READY >

DC-CON

R-CON

PANEL

SCANNER

ECO

FEEDER

SORTER

IMG-CNT

READY:

JAM:SERVICE:WAITING:DOOR:COPYING:ERROR:NO-TONER:NO-OIL:WINR-FUL:

Level 2 items

Level 3 items

To previous page

To next page

Number of pages

ready for servicing/copying operation.jam exists.executing service operation.executing warm-up operation.door is open.performing copying operation.error exits.toner is absent.fixing oil is absent.waste toner case is full.

(yyyyy) {aaaaa-bbbbb}

+/- OK

ADJ-X

Press an item to highlight. Before change

Input value

Numerical input range

Accept input value

Reverse +/0

Stop

Clear

Start

key: use it to stop the ongoing operation.

key: use it to clear a value.

key: use it to make a copy without ending service mode.

Figure 4-8


4-14

B. DISPLAY (control display mode)

COPIER>DISPLAY Items

Level 1 item

DISPLAY

Level 2 item

VERSION

USER

ACC-STS

ANALOG

CST-STS

JAM

ERR

CCD

Level 3 item

DC-CONR-CONPANELSCANNERECOFEEDERSORTERIMG-CNT

LANGUAGE

FEEDERSORTERDECKPRJEDITORPS-XJCARDDATA-CON

TEMPHUMABS-HUMFIX-UC

FIX-LC

FIX-UE

FIX-LE

WIDTH-C2WIDTH-C3WIDTH-MF

BAR-CODETARGET-BTARGET-GTARGET-RGAIN-U-BGAIN-U-GGAIN-U-ROFST-OBOFST-OGOFST-OROFST-EBOFST-EGOFST-ER

Description

ROM version of the DC controllerROM version of the reader controllerROM version of the control panel controllerROM version of the scanner motorROM version of the ECO PCBROM version of the feeder controllerROM version of the sorter controllerROM version of the external image controller

language used

state of connection of the feederstate of connection of the sorterstate of connection of the paper deckstate of connection of the projectorstate of connection of the editorstate of connection of the PS-XJstate of insertion of the control cardstate of connection of the copy data controller

machine internal temperature (environment sensor)machine internal humidity (environment sensor)machine internal absolute humiditytemperature (THM1) of the middle of the fixingupper rollertemperature (THM3) of the middle of the fixinglower rollertemperature (THM2) of the ends of the fixingupper rollertemperature (THM4) of the ends of the fixinglower rollerpaper width of cassette 2paper width of cassette 3 (if CLC1150, cassette 2)paper width of the multifeeder

history of jams

history of errors

bar code value of the standard white PLATEshading target value for BLUEshading target value for GREENshading target value for REDgain increase of BLUEgain increase of GREENgain increase of REDoffset adjustment value of BLUE-ODDoffset adjustment value of GREEN-ODDoffset adjustment value of RED-ODDoffset adjustment value of BLUE-EVENoffset adjustment value of GREEN-EVENoffset adjustment value of RED-EVEN

4-15


DPOT

GAIN-OBGAIN-OGGAIN-ORGAIN-EBGAIN-EGGAIN-ERCCD-TYPEMETAL

BOF-OBBOF-OGBOF-ORBOF-EBBOF-EGBOF-ERLAMP-DAT

DPOTV00-YV00-MV00-CV00-KVFF-YVFF-MVFF-CVFF-KVDC-YVDC-MVDC-CVDC-KVG-YVG-MVG-CVG-KVCONT-YVCONT-MVCONT-CVCONT-KVBACK-YVBACK-MVBACK-CVBACK-KV00-500

V00-700

VFF-500

VFF-700

DV00-500

DV00-700

DVFF-500

gain adjustment value of LUE-ODDgain adjustment value of GREEN-ODDgain adjustment value of RED-ODDgain adjustment value for BLUE-EVENgain adjustment value for GREEN-EVENgain adjustment value for RED-EVENindicates type (CCD/analog processor)indicates the result of automatic adjustment (normalmode/precious metal mode)black offset value for BLUE-ODDblack offset value for GREEN-ODDblack offset value for RED-ODDblack offset value for BLUE-EVENblack offset value for GREEN-EVENblack offset value for RED-EVENdata value of activation voltage for the scanninglamp

surface potential (V) of the photosensitive drumsetting (V) of Y at laser output 00setting (V) of M at laser output 00setting (V) of C at laser output 00setting (V) of Bk at laser output 00setting (V) of Y at laser output FFsetting (V) of M at laser output FFsetting (V) of C at laser output FFsetting (V) of Bk at laser output FFsetting (V) of Y for developing bias DC componentsetting (V) of M for developing bias DC componentsetting (V) of C for developing bias DC componentsetting (V) of Bk for developing bias DC componentsetting (V) of Y for grid biassetting (V) of M for grid biassetting (V) of C for grid biassetting (V) of Bk for grid biassetting (V) of Y for target contrast potentialsetting (V) of M for target contrast potentialsetting (V) of C for target contrast potentialsetting (V) of Bk for target contrast potentialsetting (V) of Y for de-fogging potentialsetting (V) of M for de-fogging potentialsetting (V) of C for de-fogging potentialsetting (V) of for de-fogging potentialsetting of drum surface potential at laser V00 whilethe primary charging assembly is at -500 Vsetting of drum surface potential at laser VFF whilethe primary charging assembly is at -700 Vsetting of drum surface potential at laser V00 whilethe primary charging assembly is at -500 Vsetting of drum surface potential at laser VFF whilethe primary charging assembly is at -700 Vdark area potential attenuation (V) at laser V00while the drum surface potential is at 500 Vdark area potential attenuation (V) at laser V00while the drum surface potential is at 700 Vdark area potential attenuation (V) at laser VFFwhile the drum surface potential is at 500 V


4-16

DENS

DVFF-700

PFF-YPFF-MPFF-CPFF-K

DENS-Y

DENS-M

DENS-C

DENS-K

WINDOW-YWINDOW-MWINDOW-CWINDOW-KDMAX-Y

DMAX-M

DMAX-C

DMAX-K

FFRATE-Y

FFRATE-M

FFRATE-C

FFRATE-K

PTOFST-Y

PTOFST-M

PTOFST-C

PTOFST-K

D-Y-TRGTD-M-TRGTD-C-TRGTREF-Y

REF-M

dark area potential attenuation (V) at laser VFFwhile the drum surface potential is at 700 Vsetting of laser pulse width for Ysetting of laser pulse width for Msetting of laser pulse width for Csetting of laser pulse width for Bk

result of computation of the developer concentrationinside the Y developing assemblyresult of computation of the developer concentrationinside the M developing assemblyresult of computation of the developer concentrationinside the C developing assemblyresult of computation of the developer concentrationinside the Bk developing assemblywindow soiling coefficient of Ywindow soiling coefficient of Mwindow soiling coefficient of Cwindow soiling coefficient of Bksolid density of Y at time of auto gradationcorrectionsolid density of M at time of auto gradationcorrectionsolid density of C at time of auto gradationcorrectionsolid density of Bk at time of auto gradationcorrectioncorrection value of Y used to set the maximum tonerdensity while gradation characteristics are beingcontrolled for stabilizationcorrection value of M used to set the maximum tonerdensity while gradation characteristics are beingcontrolled for stabilizationcorrection value of C used to set the maximum tonerdensity while gradation characteristics are beingcontrolled for stabilizationcorrection value of Bk used to set the maximumtoner density while gradation characteristics arebeing controlled for stabilizationoffset value of laser strength for Y patch imagedensity correctionoffset value of laser strength for M patch imagedensity correctionoffset value of laser strength for C patch imagedensity correctionoffset value of laser strength for Bk patch imagedensity correctiontarget value for Y developer concentrationtarget value for M developer concentrationtarget value for C developer concentrationmeasurement of the concentration reference signalinside the Y developing assembly (present value;direct light from LED)measurement of the concentration reference signalinside the M developing assembly (present value;direct light from LED)

4-17


SENSOR

REF-C

SGNL-Y

SGNL-M

SGNL-C

PT-REF-Y

PT-REF-M

PT-REF-C

PT-REF-K

PT-SIG-Y

PT-SIG-M

PT-SIG-C

PT-SIG-K

PT-SIG-D

PT-REF-D

DMAX70-Y

DMAX70-M

DMAX70-C

DMAX70-K

SC-HPITOP-AITOP-BWEBW-TONER

measurement of the concentration reference signalinside the C developing assembly (present value;direct light from LED)measurement of the present Y developerconcentration (present value)measurement of the present M developerconcentration (present value)measurement of the present C developerconcentration (present value)concentration reference signal for Y toner on thephotosensitive drumconcentration reference signal for M toner on thephotosensitive drumconcentration reference signal for C toner on thephotosensitive drumconcentration reference signal for Bk toner on thephotosensitive drumconcentration signal of Y toner on the photosensitivedrum (present value)concentration signal of M toner on the photosensitivedrum (present value)concentration signal of C toner on the photosensitivedrum (present value)concentration signal of Bk toner on thephotosensitive drum (present value)reflection intensity signal of the photosensitive drumsurface (present value)reflection intensity reference signal of thephotosensitive drum surfacesolid concentration of Y at laser pulse width 70%during auto gradation correctionsolid concentration of M at laser pulse width 70%during auto gradation correctionsolid concentration of C at laser pulse width 70%during auto gradation correctionsolid concentration of Bk at laser pulse width 70%during auto gradation correction

output of the original scanner HP sensor (PS1)output of the side A sensor (PS2)output of the side B sensor (PS3)fixing cleaning belt is absentwaste toner case is full


4-18

PRJ>DISPLAY Items

Level 1 item

DISPLAY

Level 2 item Level 3 item

CHANGERTRAYT-KINDT-SETT-MOVET-M-ERRT-HP-ERRT-L-MOVET-POSL-MOVEM-EXCTL-POSLAMP-ERR

INITIALLOCALR/L

Description

auto changer (0: absent, 1: present)slide tray (0: absent, 1: present)tray type (0: 80, 1: 40)slide (0: absent, 1: present)tray (0: stationary, 1: moving)tray movement error (0: normal, 1: error)tray HP error (0: normal, 1: error)tray local movement (0: stationary, 1: moving)tray position (0: HP, 1: not HP)lens movement (0: stationary, 1: moving)motor excitation (0: normal, 1: excited)lens position (0: HP, 1: not HP)lamp open circuit detection (0: normal, 1: shortcircuit)initialization (0: normal, 1: initializing)local operation (0: normal, 1: operating)0: remote, 1: local

EDITOR>DISPLAY Items

Level 1 item

DISPLAY

Level 2 item Level 3 item

ED-X

ED-Y

Description

input coordinates in editor sub scanning (X)directioninput coordinates in editor main scanning (Y)direction

VERSIONIndicates the ROM version of the PCBs of the copier and its accessories.

Display <XX. YY>

R&D numberVersion number

Level 3

DC-CON

R-CON

PANEL

SCANNER

ECO

FEEDER

SORTER

IMG-CNT

RemarksDescription

Indicates the version of the flash memory of the DC-CPU.

Indicates the version of the flash memory on the R-CPU.

Indicates the version of the flash memory on thePANEL-CPU.

Indicates the version of the CPU (IC8) on the originalscanner motor driver PCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM (IC2) on the ECOPCB.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the feedercontroller.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the sortercontroller.

Indicates the version of the ROM on the externalimage controller.

4-19


USER COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates items related to the User screen and the user.

Level 1

LANGUAGE

Remarks

Display<LANGUAGE xxyy-zz.aa>

Description

Indicates the language used/paper size configuration.

xx (first 2 digits): country codeyy (last 2 digits): language codezz: destination code (00: CANON, 01: OEM)aa: paper size configuration code

Code

00

01

02

03

Configuration

AB

Inch

A

All sizes

ACC-STSIndicates the state of connection of accessories.

Level 3

FEEDER

SORTER

DECK

PRJ

EDITOR

PS-XJ

CARD

DATA-CON

Remarks

0: not connected1: connected

Description

Indicates the sate of connection of the feeder.

Indicates the state of connection of the sorter.

Indicates the state of connection of the paper deck.

Indicates the state of connection of the projector.

Indicates the state of connection of the editor.

Indicates the state of connection of the PS-XJ.

Indicates the state of insertion of a control card.

Indicates the state of connection of the copy datacontroller.


4-20

ANALOG COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates the measurements taken by the analog sensor.

Level 1

TEMP

HUM

ABS-HUM

FIX-UC

FIX-LC

FIX-UE

FIX-LE

Remarks

Unit: °C

Unit: %RH

Unit: g

Unit: °C

Unit: °C

Unit: °C

Unit: °C

Description

Indicates the machine internal temperature(environment sensor).

Indicates the machine internal humidity (movementsensor).

Indicates the machine internal absolute humidity.

Indicates the temperature (THM1) of the middle ofthe fixing upper roller.

Indicates the temperature (THM3) of the middle ofthe fixing lower roller.

Indicates the temperature (THM2) of the ends of thefixing upper roller.

Indicates the temperature (THM4) of the ends of thefixing lower roller.

CST-STSIndicates the paper size of the cassette/multifeeder.

Level 1

WIDTH-C2

WIDTH-C3

WIDTH-MF

Remarks

Unit: mm (decimal places areomitted)

Description

Indicates the paper switch of the cassette 2 (CLC1120only).

Indicates the paper width of the cassette 3 (forCLC1150, cassette 2).

Indicates the paper width of the multifeeder.

4-21


JAM COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates jam data.

< JAM > < 1/8 > < READY >

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD E FFff G HHHHHH IIIII








Figure 4-9

Item

AAA

BBBB

CCCC

DDDD

E

FFff

G

HHHHHH

IIIII

Remarks

1 to 64 (64 jams max.)

0: copier1: feeder2: sorter

FF: type of jam (Table 13-701)ff: sensor (Table 13-702)

See Table 13-703.

USER: non-default sizePCARDR: post card

Description

Indicates the order of jams (higher the number, olderthe jam).

----

----

----

Indicates the location of the jam.

Jam code

Indicates the source of paper.

Indicates the soft counter for the source of paper.

Indicates the size of paper.


4-22

xx01*

xx02*

xx03*

xx04*

xx05

xx06

xx09

xx10

xx11

xx12

0020

xx30

xx40

Jam sensor

pickup vertical path sensor (PS27)


pickup vertical path sensor 1 (PS21)

re-pickup vertical path sensor (PS28)

deck pickup sensor (PS101)

multifeeder pickup sensor (PS9)




re-pickup vertical path sensor (PS28)

transparency sensor (PS69)

pre-registration sensor (PS30)

registration sensor(PS70)

Code

xx50

xx51

0052

xx60

xx61

xx70

xx80

xx81

xx82

xx83

xx84

xx90

Jam sensor

post-transfer paper sensor (PS6)

pre-transfer paper sensor (PS5)

pre-cleaning paper sensor (PS71)

separation sensor (PS7)

internal delivery paper sensor (PS12)

external delivery sensor (PS31)

delivery vertical path sensor 1 (PS32)

delivery vertical path sensor 1 (PS33)

duplexing inlet paper sensor (PS37)

duplexing path paper sensor (PS34)

duplexing path reversal paper sensor(PS35)

buffer path unit sensor assembly

FF: Type of Jam COPIER>DISPLAY

Table 4-1

ff: Jam Sensor

* Detection at time of pickup.

Table 4-2a

Code

00xx

01xx

02xx

03xx

Type

Feeder

delay

stationary

remaining

Code

04xx

05xx

EExx

FFxx

Type

service mode

sorter

service call

door open

4-23


ff: Detail of Sorter Jam COPIER>DISPLAY

Table 4-2b

G: Source of Paper

Code

xx03

xx04

xx06

xx07

Type

feeding delay

feeding stationary

staple jam

power-on jam

Code

xx08

xx09

xx0A

Type of jam

door open jam (paper present)

door open jam (paper absent)

bin outside jam

Code

1

2

3

4

5

Description

cassette 1

cassette 2

cassette 3

not used

not used

Code

6

7

8

9

Description

not used

paper deck

multifeeder

duplexing unit

Table 4-3


4-24

ERR COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates error codes.

< ERR > < 1/4 > < READY >

AAA BBBB CCCC DDDD EEEE FFff G HH








Figure 4-10

Level 3

AAA

BBBB

CCCC

DDDD

EEEE

FFff

G

HH

Remarks

1 to 32 (32 max.)

See "Self Diagnosis."

If none, '0000'.

0: copier1: feeder2: sorter

Description

Indicates the order of errors (the higher the number,the older the error).

----

----

----

Indicates the error code.

Indicates the detail code.

Indicates the location of the error.

alarm code (not used: indicates '00')

4-25


CCD COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates the measurements related to the CCD.

Level 3

BAR-CODE

TARGET-B

TARGET-G

TARGET-R

GAIN-U-B

GAIN-U-G

GAIN-U-R

OFST-OB

OFST-OG

OFST-OR

OFST-EB

OFST-EG

OFST-ER

GAIN-OB

GAIN-OG

GAIN-OR

GAIN-EB

GAIN-EG

GAIN-ER

CCD-TYPE

METAL

BOF-OB

BOF-OG

BOF-OR

BOF-EB

BOF-EG

BOF-ER

LAMP-DAT

Remarks

Indicated only whenFUNCTION>CCD>CCD-ADJ has been executed.

(3: CLC1100 only)

0: normal mode1: precious metal mode

0 to 999

Description

bar code value of the standard white plate

shading target value of BLUE

shading target value of GREEN

shading target value of RED

gain increase value of BLUE

gain increase value of GREEN

gain increase value of RED

offset adjustment value of BLUE-OD

offset adjustment value of GREEN-ODD

offset adjustment value of RED-ODD

offset adjustment value of BLUE-EVEN

offset adjustment value of GREEN-EVEN

offset adjustment value of RED-EVEN

gain adjustment value of BLUE-ODD

gain adjustment value of GREEN-ODD

gain adjustment value of RED-ODD

gain adjustment value of BLUE-EVEN

gain adjustment value of GREEN-EVEN

gain adjustment value of RED-EVEN

type (CCD/analog processor)

result of automatic adjustment (normal mode/precious metal mode)

black offset value of BLUE-ODD

black offset value of GREEN-ODD

black offset value of RED-ODD

black offset value of BLUE-EVEN

black offset value of GREEN-EVEN

black offset value of RED-EVEN

original scanning lamp activation voltage for CVR


4-26

DPOT COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates the control data for the surface potential of the photosensitive drum.

Level 3

DPOT

V00-Y

V00-M

V00-C

V00-K

VFF-Y

VFF-M

VFF-C

VFF-K

VDC-Y

VDC-M

VDC-C

VDC-K

VG-Y

VG-M

VG-C

VG-K

Remarks

Indicated in round numbers,omitting decimal places.

Description

surface potential (V) of the photosensitive drum

setting (V) of Y at laser output 00

setting (V) of M at laser output 00

setting (V) of C at laser output 00

setting (V) of Bk at laser output FF

setting (V) of Y at laser output FF

setting (V) of M at laser output FF

setting (V) of C at laser output FF

setting (V) of Bk at laser output FF

setting (V) of Y for developing bias DC component

setting (V) of M for developing bias DC component

setting (V) of C for developing bias DC component

setting (V) of Bk for developing bias DC component

setting (V) of Y for grid bias

setting (V) of M for grid bias

setting (V) of C for grid bias

setting (V) of Bk for grid bias

4-27


COPIER>DISPLAY

Level 3

VCONT-Y

VCONT-M

VCONT-C

VCONT-K

VBACK-Y

VBACK-M

VBACK-C

VBACK-K

V00-500

V00-700

VFF-500

VFF-700

DV00-500

DV00-700

DVFF-500

DVFF-700

PFF-Y

PFF-M

PFF-C

PFF-K

Remarks


Description

setting (V) of Y for target contrast potential

setting (V) of M for target contrast potential

setting (V) of C for target contrast potential

setting (V) of Bk for target contrast potential

setting (V) of de-fogging potential for Y

setting (V) of de-fogging potential for M

setting (V) of de-fogging potential for C

setting (V) of de-fogging potential for Bk

measurement of drum surface potential at laser V00with the primary charging assembly at -500 V

measurement of drum surface potential at laser V00with the primary charging assembly at -700 V

measurement of drum surface potential at laser VFFwith the primary charging assembly at -500 V

measurement of drum surface potential at laser VFFwith the primary charging assembly at -700 V

dark area potential attenuation (V) at laser V00with the drum surface potential at 500 V

dark area potential attenuation (V) at laser V00with the drum surfaced potential at 700 V

dark area potential attenuation (V) at laser VFFwith the drum surfaced potential at 500 V

dark area potential attenuation (V) at laser VFFwith the drum surfaced potential at 700 V

setting of laser pulse width for Y

setting of laser pulse width for M

setting of laser pulse width for C

setting of laser pulse width for Bk


4-28

DENS COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates the concentration of developer.

Level 3

DENS-Y

DENS-M

DENS-C

DENS-K

WINDOW-Y

WINDOW-M

WINDOW-C

WINDOW-K

DMAX-Y

DMAX-M

DMAX-C

DMAX-K

FFRATE-Y

FFRATE-M

FFRATE-C

FFRATE-K

PTOFST-Y

PTOFST-M

PTOFST-C

PTOFST-K

Remarks

Indicates to the seconddecimal place.

Error if lower than 70%

Compares against the designvalue, and omits decimalplaces.

Reference: 100

Uses whole numbers,omitting decimal places

Description

computed value (%) of the developer inside the Ydeveloping assembly

computed value (%) of the developer inside the Mdeveloping assembly

computed value (%) of the developer inside the Cdeveloping assembly

computed value (%) of the developer inside the Bkdeveloping assembly

window soiling correction coefficient for Y

window soiling correction coefficient for M

window soiling correction coefficient for C

window soiling correction coefficient for Bk

solid density (%) of Y during auto gradationcorrection

solid density (%) of M during auto gradationcorrection

solid density (%) of C during auto gradationcorrection

solid density (%) of Bk during auto gradationcorrection

correction value of each used to determine themaximum toner density (FF) while gradationcharacteristics are being controlled for stabilization

offset value of laser strength for Y patch imagedensity adjustment

offset value of laser strength for M patch imagedensity adjustment

offset value of laser strength for C patch imagedensity adjustment

offset value of laser strength for Bk patch imagedensity adjustment

4-29


COPIER>DISPLAY

Level 3

D-Y-TRGT

D-M-TRGT

D-C-TRGT

REF-Y

REF-M

REF-C

SGNL-Y

SGNL-M

SGNL-C

PT-REF-Y

PT-REF-M

PT-REF-C

PT-REF-K

PT-SIG-Y

PT-SIG-M

PT-SIG-C

PT-SIG-K

PT-SIG-D

PT-REF-D

DMAX70-Y

DMAX70-M

DMAX70-C

DMAX70-K

Remarks

Indicated in round numbers,omitting decimal places


Description

target value of Y developer concentration

target value of M developer concentration

target value of C developer concentration

present value of the density reference signal for the Ydeveloping assembly (direct light form (LED)

present value of the density reference signal for theM developing assembly (direct light form (LED)

present value of the density reference signal for the Cdeveloping assembly (direct light from LED)

measurement of the present Y developerconcentration

measurement of the present M developerconcentration

measurement of the present C developerconcentration

concentration reference signal for the Y toner on thephotosensitive drum

concentration reference signal for the M toner on thephotosensitive drum

concentration reference signal for the C toner on thephotosensitive drum

concentration reference signal for the Bk toner on thephotosensitive drum

concentration signal for the Y toner on thephotosensitive drum (present value)

concentration signal for the M toner on thephotosensitive drum (present value)

concentration signal for the C toner on thephotosensitive drum (present value)

concentration signal for the Bk toner on thephotosensitive drum (present value)

reflection intensity signal for the photosensitive drumsurface (present value)

reflection intensity reference signal for thephotosensitive drum surface

solid density of Y at laser pulse width 70% duringauto gradation correction

solid density of M at laser pulse width 70% duringauto gradation correction

solid density of C at laser pulse width 70% duringauto gradation correction

solid density of Bk at laser pulse width 70% duringauto gradation correction


4-30

SENSOR COPIER>DISPLAYIndicates the state of sensors of particular importance for servicing work.

Level 3

SC-HP

ITOP-A

ITOP-B

WEB

W-TONER

Remarks

0: HP1: not HP

0: present1: absent

0: case not full1: case is full

Description

output of the original scanner HP sensor (PS1)

output of the side A sensor (PS2)

output of side B sensor (PS3)

cleaning belt is out

case full

0: sensor not detecting signalplate

1: sensor detecting signalplate

4-31


Projector PRJ>DISPLAY

Level 3

CHANGER

TRAY

T-KIND

T-SET

T-MOVE

T-M-ERR

T-HP-ERR

T-L-MOVE

T-POS

L-MOVE

M-EXCT

L-POS

LAMP-ERR

INITIAL

LOCAL

R/L

Remarks

0: absent, 1: present


0: 80, 1: 140


0: stationary, 1: moving

0: normal, 1: error

0: normal, 1: error


0: HP, 1: not HP


0: normal, 1: excited

0: HP, 1: not HP

0: normal, 1: open circuit

0: normal, 1: being initialized

0: normal, 1: moving

0: remote, 1: local

Description

presence/absence of the auto changer

presence/absence of the slide tray

type of tray

presence/absence of slides

state of the tray

tray movement error

tray HP error

tray local movement

position of the tray

lens movement

state of motor excitation

position of the lens

open circuit in the lamp

initialization

local movement

remote/local

Editor EDITOR>DISPLAY

Level 3

ED-X

ED-Y

Remarks

Not indicated ifEDITOR>OPTION>ED-MODE is set to '0'.

Description

input coordinates in editor sub scanning direction (X)

input coordinates in editor main scanning direction(Y)


4-32

C. I/O (I/O display mode)

1. DC-CPU I/O>DC-CON

Address

P001

P002

Remarks

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present (Note)

1: paper present

1: paper present (plainpaper) (Note)

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

0: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

1: paper present

Description

buffer path unit jam detection

not used

internal delivery sensor (PS12) signal

external delivery sensor (PS31) signal

separation sensor (PS7) signal

post-transfer paper sensor (PS6) signal

pre-transfer paper sensor (PS5) signal

registration sensor (PS70) signal

pre-registration sensor (PS30) signal

transparency sensor (PS69) signal

multifeeder pickup sensor (PS9) signal

deck pickup sensor (PS101) signal

re-pickup vertical path sensor (PS28) signal

pickup vertical path 1 sensor (PS28) signal



pre-registration sensor (PS30) signal

not used

multifeeder paper sensor (PS15) signal

deck paper absent sensor (PS102) signal

duplexing tray paper sensor (PS36) signal

cassette 1 paper sensor (PS20) signal

cassette 2 paper sensor (PS24/DPS24) signal

cassette 3 paper sensor (PS25/DPS25)

not used

not used

not used

duplexing reversal paper sensor (PS35) signal

duplexing path paper sensor (PS34) signal

duplexing inlet paper sensor (PS37) signal

delivery vertical path 2 sensor (PS33) signal

delivery vertical path 1 sensor (PS32) signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

Note: The sensor detects paper after the LED of the sensor turns on; normally, ‘1’ is indicated, since theLED is not ON.

4-33


I/O>DC-CON

Address

P003

P004

Remarks

0: READY

0: READY

0: READY

0: READY

0: READY

0: READY

0: READY

0: connect

0: connect

1: buffer path is present

0: transfer unit is present

0: connected

0: lever is set

0: connected

1: OFF

0: open

1: open

0: open

0: open

0: open

0: open

Description

hopper motor (M10) ready signal

transfer drum cleaner brush motor (M8) readysignal

not used

duplexing motor (M14) ready signal

laser scanner motor (M3) ready signal

fixing motor (M5) ready signal

drum motor (M2) ready signal

main motor (M4) ready signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

paper deck connect signal

duplexing unit connect

buffer path unit connect signal

transfer drawer connector connect signal

registration path driver drawer connect signal

transfer drawer connector signal

fixing drawer connector signal

control switch (SW2) off detection

multifeeder tray open/closed sensor (PS62) signal

not used

buffer door switch signal

pickup cover sensor (PS44) signal

left front cover sensor (PS42) signal

right front cover sensor (PS41) signal

delivery cover sensor (PS43) signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-34

Address

P005

P006

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

0: lower than specified




0: locked

1: full


0: belt absent

0: belt absent

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

pickup holder model code 3 signal




not used

not used

not used

not used

cassette 2 paper length sensor 1 (PSU2) signal

cassette 2 paper length sensor 0 (PSU2) signal

cassette 3 paper length sensor 1 (PSU3/DPSU3) signal

cassette 3 paper length sensor (PSU3/DPSU3) signal

not used

Bk toner level sensor (TS4) signal not used

not used

Y toner level sensor (TS3) signal

not used

C toner level sensor (TS2)

not used

M toner level sensor (TS1) signal

waste toner feedscrew locked detecting switch (SW7)signal

waste toner case full sensor (PS68) signal

not used

fixing oil level sensor (PS10) signal

fixing upper cleaning belt length sensor (PS11) signal

fixing lower cleaning belt length sensor (PS67) signal

not used

not used

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

I/O>DC-CON

4-35


Address

P007

P008

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON

1: upper limit

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: error

0: error

1: cassette is present



Description

multifeeder lifter H sensor (PS17) signal

multifeeder lifter L sensor (PS18) signal

deck lifter upper limit sensor (PS103) signal

not used

not used

cassette 1 lifter sensor (PS19) signal

cassette 2 lifter sensor (PS22/DPS22) signal

cassette 3 lifter sensor (PS23/DPS23) signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

shutoff (SHUTOFF) error detection

SSR2 error detection

not used

not used

not used

not used

counter mode 5 signal






not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

cassette 1 sensor (PS46) signal

cassette 2 sensor (PS47/DPS47) signal

cassette 3 sensor (PS48/DPS48) signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

I/O>DC-CON


4-36

I/O>DC-CON

Address

P009

P00A

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON (light-blockingplate present)

1: ON (light-blockingplate present)

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: HP

1: error

1: error

0: error

1: error

1: error

1: error

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

C sensor (PS4) signal

side B sensor (PS3) image leading edge signal

side A sensor (PS2) image leading edge signal

not used

not used

not used

paper jogging guide HP sensor (PS40) signal

attraction/transfer locking cam home position sensor(PS8) signal

transfer drum cleaner HP sensor (PS59) signal

transfer drum HP sensor (PS57) signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

Bk developing assembly HP sensor (PS55) signal

Y developing assembly HP sensor (PS53) signal

C developing assembly HP sensor (PS51) signal

M developing assembly HP sensor (PS49) signal

not used

polishing roller motor (M9) error detection

multifeeder lifter motor (M15) error detection

deck lifter motor (M101) error detection

not used

cassette 1 lifter motor (M11) error detection

cassette 2 lifter motor (M12/DM2) error detection

cassette 3 lifter motor (M13/DM13) error detection

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-37


I/O>DC-CON

Note: The sensor detects paper after the LED of the sensor turns on; normally, ‘1’ is indicated, since theLED is not ON.

Address

P00B

P00C

Remarks

1: error

1: OFF

1: error

1: error

0: error

1: HP

1: paper present (Note)

Alternates between 0 and 1.



Description

power supply cooling fan (FM9) error detection

not used

24 V off detection (linked to door)

not used

not used

internal static eliminator high voltage error

HVT AC error detection

cleaning blade reciprocating motor (M7) errordetection

buffer path unit locking cam sensor signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

pre-cleaning paper sensor (PS71) signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

fixing motor (M5) CLK signal

not used

drum motor (M2) CLK signal (divided by 1/2)

drum motor (M2) CLK signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-38

I/O>DC-CON

Address

P00D

P00E

Remarks

1: HP

0: error if pump is inoperation.

1: error if pump is at rest.

1: open circuit

1: open circuit

1 error

1 error

1 error

1 error

1: error

1: error

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

fixing oil pump driver error detection

not used

fixing upper thermistor open circuit detection

fixing lower thermistor open circuit detection

fixing upper heater error detection

fixing lower heater error detection

SSR1 (fixing upper heater side) error detection

SSR1 (fixing lower heater side) error detection

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

toner suction fan (FM6) error detection

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

delivery cooling fan (FM11) error detection

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

7

3

2

1

0

4-39


I/O>DC-CON

Address

P00F

P010

P011

P012

Remarks

1: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: ON

0: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

Description

not used

not used

hard check output

hard check output

har d check output

hard check output

hard check output

hard check output

hard check output

hard check output

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

pre-exposure lamp (LA1) activation signal

laser scanner motor (M3) clock switch signal

transfer drum cleaner brush motor (M8) drivesignal

duplexing motor (M14)

not used

not used

not used

cleaning blade reciprocating motor (M7) drivesignal

laser sensor motor (M3) drive signal

Bk toner supply clutch (CL8) drive signal

Y toner supply clutch (CL7) drive signal

C toner supply clutch (CL6) drive signal

M toner supply clutch (CL5) drive signal

Bk developing cylinder clutch (CL4) drive signal

Y developing cylinder clutch (CL3) drive signal

C developing cylinder clutch (CL2) drive signal

M developing cylinder clutch (CL1) drive signal

bit

15-0

15-0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-40

I/O>DC-CON

Address

P013

P014

Remarks

0: during control

1: ON

1: ON

0: ON

0: ON

0: ON

1: ON

0: open, 1: closed

0: closed, 1: open

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

0: forward, 1: reverse

1: forward, 0: reverse

1: ON

1: ON

1: reverse, 0: normaldirection

0: reverse, 1: normal (rollercontact)

Description

control state of the fixing heater

not used

transparency sensor LED (PS69L) ON signal

pre-cleaning paper sensor LED (PS71L) ON signal

fixing upper heater drive signal

fixing lower heater drive signal

fixing oil pump (PSP1) drive signal

SSR2

not used

not used

stopper plate solenoid (SL12) drive signal

stopper plate solenoid (SL12) drive signal

not used

not used

not used

duplexing feeding clutch (CL14) drive signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

Bk toner concentration measurement LED ONsignal

Y toner concentration measurement LED ONsignal

C toner concentration measurement LED ON signal

M toner concentration measurement LED ONsignal

not used

not used

primary charging wire cleaning motor (M6)forward signal

primary charging wire cleaning motor (M6) reversesignal

not used

not used

polishing roller motor (M9) reverse rotation signal

polishing roller motor (M9) normal rotation signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-41


I/O>DC-CON

Address

P015

P016

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: shutoff

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

counter 3 (CNT4) signal




registration jam timing signal

deck sensor select signal 2



pre-registration jam timing signal

pickup sensor select signal 2



not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

A/D multiplex select signal 2



not used

not used

fixing upper cleaning belt solenoid (SL1)

fixing lower cleaning belt solenoid (SL2)

delivery vertical path clutch (CL19)

delivery paper deflecting plate solenoid (SL10)

separation claw solenoid (SL4)

shutoff signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-42

I/O>DC-CON

Address

P017

P018

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

0: full speed, 1: half speed


Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

registration clutch (CL9) drive signal

multifeeder feed clutch (CL10) drive signal

multifeeder pickup clutch (CL16) drive signal

deck pickup clutch (CL102) drive signal

duplexing feed clutch (CL14) drive signal

cassette 1 pickup clutch (CL1) drive signal

cassette 2 pickup clutch (CL12/DCL12) drivesignal

cassette 3 pickup clutch (CL13/DCL13) drivesignal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

toner suction fan (FM6) drive signal 1

toner suction fan (FM6) drive signal 0

laser scanner motor cooling fan (FM4) drive signal

not used

not used

not used

delivery cooling fan (FM11) drive signal 1

delivery cooling fan (FM11) drive signal 0

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-43


I/O>DC-CON

Address

P019

P01A

Remarks

0: remote

0: remote

0: remote

0: remote

0: select

0: select

0: select

0: select

1: accelerate, 0: 0 µ


0: remote



0: remote

0: remote

0: remote

0: ENABLE

0: ENABLE

0: ENABLE

0: remote

0: remote

0: remote

0: remote

0: remote

1: down

1: up

0: ON

1: down

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

Description

No. 3/No. 4 DC remote signal

No. 3/No. 4 WBP remote signal

No. 1/No. 2 DC remote signal

No. 1/No. 2 WBP remote signal

DC output select 4 signal




transfer acceleration remote signal

trainer 0 µ remote signal

transfer DC remote signal

attraction acceleration remote signal

attraction 0 µ remote signal

attraction DC remote signal

grid remote signal

primary DC remote signal

HV-DEV-ENABLE signal

HV-DC-ENABLE signal

HV-AC-ENABLE signal

post-cleaning charging DC remote signal

separation DC remote signal

separation AC remote signal

internal static eliminator DC remote signal

internal static eliminator AC remote signal

not used

multifeeder lifter motor (M15) reverse drive signal

multifeeder lifter motor (M15) normal rotationdrive signal

deck lifter motor (M101) drive signal

deck lifter down signal

cassette 1 lifter motor (M11) drive signal

cassette 2 lifter motor (M12/DM12) drive signal

cassette 3 lifter motor (M13/DM13) drive signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-44

I/O>DC-CON

Address

P01B

P01C

Remarks

0: open

0: set

1: open

0: paper present

0: paper present

0: deck present

0: lower limit

1: reverse (stirring)

0: ON

1: low speed

0: normal

0: ON

0 : ON

1: low speed

0: low speed, 1: BD sync

1: normal rotation

0: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

Description

deck open sensor (PS109) signal

deck set sensor (PS105) signal

deck open switch (SW101) signal

deck stack level upper sensor (PS107) signal

deck paper level lower sensor (PS108) signal

deck detection signal

deck lifter lower limit detecting switch (SW102)signal

not used

not used

not used

hopper motor (M10) reverse rotation drive signal

hopper motor (M10) drive signal

fixing motor (M5) speed signal 1

fixing motor (M5) speed signal 0

not used

fixing motor (M5) driver signal

not used

not used

main motor reversal signal

main motor (M4) drive signal

drum motor (M2) speed signal 1

drum motor (M2) speed signal 0

drum motor (M2) reversal signal

drum motor (M2) drive signal

deck open indication (LED100) ON signal

deck open solenoid (SL102) drive signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

postcard feeding clutch (CL18) drive signal

registration roller releasing solenoid (SL5) drivesignal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-45


I/O>DC-CON

Address

P01D

P01E

Remarks

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

1: ON

-

0: left side when viewedfrom rear

1: ON

1: ON

0: ON







Description

not used

not used

multifeeder pickup solenoid (SL14) drive signal

deck pickup roller releasing solenoid (SL101) drivesignal

duplexing paper feed roller solenoid (SL13) drivesignal

pickup roller 1 solenoid (SL7)

pickup roller 2 solenoid (SL8/DSL8)


buffer path unit solenoid (SL1) drive signal

buffer path unit clutch (CL1) drive signal

buffer path unit solenoid (SL2) drive signal

buffer path unit cam HP select signal

duplexing stacking guide plate solenoid (SL15)drive signal

not used

attraction roller solenoid (SL6) drive signal

separation push-up solenoid (SL3) drive signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

back suction fan (FM16) drive signal 1

back suction fan (FM16) drive signal 0

exhaust fan (FM2) full speed drive signal

exhaust fan (FM2) half speed drive signal

IP cooling fan (FM7) full speed drive signal

IP cooling fan (FM7) half speed drive signal

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-46

I/O>DC-CON

Address

P01F

P020

Remarks

1: ON


1: half speed, 0: full speed

1: ON



1: error

1: error

1: error

1: error

1: error

1: error

1: error

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

ozone suction fan (FM5) drive signal

not used

primary charging assembly fan (FM3) full speeddrive signal

primary charging assembly fan (FM3) half speeddrive signal

laser scanner motor cooling fan (FM4) drive signal

not used

electrical unit cooling fan (FM8) full speed drivesignal

electrical unit cooling fan (FM8) half speed drivesignal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

ozone suction fan (FM5) error detection

primary charging assembly fan (FM3) errordetection

laser scanner motor cooling fan (FM4) errordetection

electrical unit cooling fan (FM8) error detection

not used

back suction fan (FM16) error direction

exhaust fan (FM2) error detection

IP cooling fan (FM7) error detection

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-47


I/O>DC-CON

Address

P021

P022

P023

P024

P025

P026

P027

P028

Remarks

1: download mode

1: OFF

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

LD-J2DCON

power switch off signal

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

bit

15

14

13

12

11

10

9

8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-0

15-0

15-0

15-0

15-0

15-0

15-0


4-48

2. R-CPU I/O>R-CON

Address

P001

P002

P003

Remarks

1: request

1: RESET

1: ON

1: half speed, 0: full speed


1: RESET

1: ON

1: ACK

0: connect

1: error

0: side B image leading edge

0: side B image leading edge

0: connect

Description

not used

not used

not used

WATCH DOG pulse signal

ECO PCB internal signal



R-CON to DC-CON power ready signal

R-CON to PANEL-CON power ready signal

not used

digitizer request signal

CVR time rest signal

scanning lamp (LA2) ON signal

not used

original exposure system cooling fan 1 (FM1) halfspeed drive signal

original exposure system cooling fan 1 (FM1) fullspeed drive signal

original scanner motor driver RESET signal

projector SSR-ON signal

not used

digitizer ACK signal

digitizer connect signal

original exposure system cooling fan (FM1) errordetected

READER-ITOP-B input signal

READER-ITOP-A input signal

CC-V connect signal

DC-CON to R-CON power ready signal

PANEL-CON to R-CON power ready signal

bit

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-49


I/O>R-CON

Address

P004

P005

P006

Remarks

1: error

1: error

1: error

1: ON

0: error

Description

not used

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

not used

RS-232C input signal

scanner IPC error 3

scanner IPC error 2

scanner IPC error 1

scanning lamp (LA2) ON detection signal

CVR error detection

internal signal

internal signal

not used

RS-232C output signal

internal signal

not used

not used

not used

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

bit

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0


4-50

I/O>R-CON

Address

P007

P008

P009

Remarks

1: half speed

1: full speed

1: count increase

1: count increase

0: ON

download mode

1: error

1: error

Description

not used

not used

not used

not used

not used

original exposure system cooling fan 2 (FM14)half speed drive signal

original exposure system cooling fan 2 (FM14)full speed signal

CC-X count signal

CC-V count signal

not used

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

internal signal

control switch (SW2) detection signal

not used

internal signal

download mode signal

not used

for factory adjustment

not used

not used

for factory adjustment

original exposure system cooling fan 3 (FM15)error detection

original exposure system cooling fan 2 (FM14)error detection

PCB check mode 1

PCB check mode 0

bit

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

15-8

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

0

4-51


D. ADJUST (adjustment mode)

COPIER>ADJUST ItemsLevel 1

ADJUST

Level 2

ADJ-XY

CCD

LASER

Level 3

ADJ-X

ADJ-Y

ADJ-S

ADJ-J

EC-BEC-GEC-R

T-V00

T-VFF

P3-V00

P3-VFF-1

P3-VFF-2

P3-VFF-3

P3-VFF-4

POWER

T-V00-ON

T-VFF-ON

P3V00-ON

P3-V1-ON

P3-V2-ON

P3-V3-ON

P3-V4-ON

Description

adjusts the image read start position (Xdirection; units of 0.1 mm)adjusts the image read start position (Ydirection; in units of 0.1 mm)adjusts measurement position for shadingcorrection from the standard white plate (inunits of 0.1 mm)adjusts the period of acceleration for theoriginal scanner motor

for future expansionfor future expansionfor future expansion

enters the laser control initial value at V00for text mode (800 lines) as for laser unitreplacemententers the laser control initial value at VFFfor text mode (800 lines) as for laser unitreplacemententers the laser control initial value at V00for photo mode (400 lines) as for laser unitreplacemententers the laser control initial value at VFF(45%) for photo mode (400 lines) as forlaser unit replacemententers the laser control initial value at VFF(55 %) for photo mode (400 lines) as forlaser unit replacemententers the laser control initial value at VFF(65%) for photo mode (400 lines) as forlaser unit replacemententers the laser control initial value at VFF(70%) for photo mode (400 lines) as forlaser unit replacementturns on the laser output for laser poweradjustment (OK key to start, Stop key tostop)turns on the laser output for a check on T-V00 (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)turns on the laser output for a check on T-VFF (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)turns on the laser output for a check on P3-V00 (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)turns on the laser output for a check on P3-VFF-1 (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)turns on the laser output for a check on P3-VFF-2 (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)turns on the laser output for a check on P3-VFF-3 (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)turns on the laser output for a check on P3-VFF-4 (OK key to start, Stop key to stop)

Settings

-200 to +200

-100 to +100

0 to 32

0 to 500

---------

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

---

---

---

---

---

---

---

---


4-52

DENS SGNL-Y

SGNL-M

SGNL-C

REF-Y

REF-M

REF-C

SIGG-Y

SIGG-M

SIGG-C

RGAIN-K

D-Y-TRGT

D-M-TRGT

D-C-TRGT

PTOFST-Y

PTOFST-M

PTOFST-C

PTOFST-K

D-REF-Y

D-REF-M

D-REF-C

D-REF-K

D-REF-4

concentration signal of Y toner during INITfor ATR controlconcentration signal of M toner during INITfor ATR controlconcentration signal of C toner during INITfor ATR controlconcentration reference signal of Y tonerduring INIT for ATR controlconcentration reference signal of M tonerduring INIT for ATR controlconcentration reference signal of C tonerduring INIT for ATR controlgain for concentration reference signal of Ytoner during ATR controlgain for concentration reference signal of Mtoner during ATR controlgain for concentration reference signal of Ctoner during ATR controlgain for concentration reference signal of Bktoner during toner concentration controlpresent value of the concentration target ofY toner during ART controlpresent value of the concentration target ofM toner during ART controlpresent value of the concentration target of Ctoner during ART controlcorrection value (%) for the laser output ofY toner during ART controlcorrection value (%) for the laser output ofM toner during ART controlcorrection value (%) for the laser output of Ctoner during ART controlcorrection value (%) for the laser output ofBk toner during ART controlreference signal value for the concentrationsensor of Y toner in relation to the reflectionintensity of light from the photosensitivedrum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of M toner in relation to the reflectionintensity of light from the photosensitivedrum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of C toner in relation to the reflectionintensity of light from the photosensitivedrum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of Bk toner in relation to thereflection intensity of light from thephotosensitive drum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of all toners in relation to thereflection intensity of light from thephotosensitive drum (upon initialization)

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

-127 to +128

-127 to +128

-127 to +128

-127 to +128

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

4-53


D-SGNL-Y

D-SGNL-M

D-SGNL-C

D-SGNL-K

D-SGNL-4

P-REF-Y

P-REF-M

P-REF-C

P-REF-K

P-SGNL-Y

P-SGNL-M

P-SGNL-C

P-SGNL-K

SIGG-K

SIGG-P-Y

SIGG-P-M

SIGG-P-C

SIGG-P-K

RGAN-P-Y

RGAN-P-M

RGAN-P-C

reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of Y toner in relation to the reflectionintensity of light from the photosensitivedrum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of M toner in relation to the reflectionintensity of light from the photosensitivedrum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of C toner in relation to the reflectionintensity of light from the photosensitivedrum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of Bk toner in relation to thereflection intensity of light from thephotosensitive drum (upon initialization)reference signal value for the concentrationsensor of all toners in relation to thereflection intensity of light from thephotosensitive drum (upon initialization)reference signal value of Y toner on thephotosensitive drum during INIT for ATRcontrolreference signal value of M toner on thephotosensitive drum during INIT for ATRcontrolreference signal value of C toner on thephotosensitive drum during INIT for ATRcontrolreference signal value of Bk toner on thephotosensitive drum during INIT for ATRcontrolsignal value of Y toner on the photosensitivedrum during INIT for ATR controlsignal value of M toner on the photosensitivedrum during INIT for ATR controlsignal value of C toner on the photosensitivedrum during INIT for ATR controlsignal value of Bk toner on thephotosensitive drum during INIT for ATRcontrolgain for concentration reference signal of Bktoner during ATR controlcorrection of the patch data gain for ATRcontrol when INIT-Y is executedcorrection of the patch data gain for ATRcontrol when INIT-M is executedcorrection of the patch data gain for ATRcontrol when INIT-C is executedcorrection of the patch data gain for ATRcontrol when INIT-K is executedcorrection of the patch gain for toner densitycontrol when INIT-Y is executedcorrection of the patch gain for toner densitycontrol when INIT-M is executedcorrection of the patch gain for toner densitycontrol when INIT-C is executed

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255


4-54

V-CONT

PASCAL

COLOR

RGAN-P-K

VBACK-Y

VBACK-M

VBACK-C

VBACK-K

EPOTOFSTRF-CRT-Y

PF-CRT-M

PF-CRT-C

PF-CRT-K

OFST-P-Y

OFST-P-M

OFST-P-C

OFST-P-K

ADJ-Y

ADJ-M

ADJ-C

ADJ-K

OFST-Y

OFST-M

OFST-C

OFST-K

P-ADJ-Y

P-ADJ-M

P-ADJ-C

P-ADJ-K

P-OFST-Y

correction of the patch gain for toner densitycontrol when INIT-K is executed

Y color adjustment for de-fogging potential(reference: 0)M color adjustment for de-fogging potential(reference: 0)C color adjustment for de-fogging potential(reference: 0)Bk color adjustment for de-fogging potential(reference: 0)potential offset value (reference: 0)offset value adjustment (%) for Y laserstrengthoffset value adjustment (%) for M laserstrengthoffset value adjustment (%) for C laserstrengthoffset value adjustment (%) for Bk laserstrength

target value setting of Y for high-densityareas during auto gradation correctiontarget value setting of M for high-densityareas during auto gradation correctiontarget value setting of C for high-densityareas during auto gradation correctiontarget value setting of Bk for high-densityareas during auto gradation correction

color balance adjustment of Y for the user(reference: 0)color balance adjustment of M for the user(reference: 0)color balance adjustment of C for the user(reference: 0)color balance adjustment of Bk for the user(reference: 0)color balance adjustment and density of Ylight areascolor balance adjustment and density of Mlight areascolor balance adjustment and density of Clight areascolor balance adjustment and density of Bklight areascolor balance adjustment of Y for outputfrom an external image controllercolor balance adjustment of M for outputfrom an external image controllercolor balance adjustment of C for outputfrom an external image controllercolor balance adjustment of Bk for outputfrom an external image controllercolor balance adjustment of Y light areas foroutput from an external image controller

0 to 255

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

0 to 1023-25 to +25

-25 to +25

-25 to +25

-25 to +25

-127 to +128

-127 to +128

-127 to +128

-127 to +128

-8 to +8

-8 to +8

-8 to +8

-8 to +8

-16 to +16

-16 to +16

-16 to +16

-16 to +16

-8 to +8

-8 to +8

-8 to +8

-8 to +8

-16 to +16

4-55


HV-TR

P-OFST-M

P-OFST-C

P-OFST-K

HV-TR

TR-L1

TR-L2

TR-N1

TR-N2

TR-T1

TR-T2

TR-UT1

TR-UT2

TR-S1-1

TR-S2-1

TR-OHP

TR-POST

color balance adjustment of M light areasfor output from an external image controllercolor balance adjustment of C light areasfor output from an external image controllercolor balance adjustment of Bk light areasfor output from an external image controller

adjustment of transfer high-voltage output

Environment A (A-ZONE)for thin paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for thin paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for extra thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for extra thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for special paper 1, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for special paper 2, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for transparencies, transfer charging biasadjustment (in units of µA)for postcards, transfer charging biasadjustment (in units of µA)

-16 to +16

-16 to +16

-16 to +16

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

Cont'd Cont'd


4-56

TR-L1

TR-L2

TR-N1

TR-N2

TR-T1

TR-T2

TR-UT1

TR-UT2

TR-S1-1

TR-S2-1

TR-OHP

TR-POST

Environment B (B-ZONE)for thin paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for thin paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for extra thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for extra thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for special paper 1, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for special paper 2, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for transparencies, transfer charging biasadjustment (in units of µA)for postcards, transfer charging biasadjustment (in units of µA)

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

Cont'd Cont'd

4-57


TR-L1

TR-L2

TR-N1

TR-N2

TR-T1

TR-T2

TR-UT1

TR-UT2

TR-S1-1

TR-S2-1

TR-OHP

TR-POST

Environment C (C-ZONE)for thin paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for thin paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for extra thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for extra thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of µA)for special paper 1, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for special paper 2, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of µA)for transparencies, transfer charging biasadjustment (in units of µA)for postcards, transfer charging biasadjustment (in units of µA)

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

Cont'd


4-58

HV-SP HV-SP

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

adjustment of separation DC high-voltageoutput (in units of 50 µA)

Environment A (A-ZONE)for thin paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for thin paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for special paper 1, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for special paper 2, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for transparencies, separation charging biasadjustment (in units of 50 µA)for postcards, separation charging biasadjustment (in units of 50 µA)

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

Cont'd Cont'd

4-59


SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

Environment A (A-ZONE)for thin paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for thin paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for special paper 1, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for special paper 2, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for transparencies, separation charging biasadjustment (in units of 50 µA)for postcards, separation charging biasadjustment (in units of 50 µA)

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

Cont'd Cont'd


4-60

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

Environment C (C-ZONE)for thin paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for thin paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for thick paper, transfer charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for special paper 1, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for special paper 2, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 50 µA)for transparencies, separation charging biasadjustment (in units of 50 µA)for postcards, separation charging biasadjustment (in units of 50 µA)

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

-6 to 0

Cont'd Cont'd

4-61


SP-ON-N1

SP-ON-N2

SP-ON-L1

SP-ON-L2

SP-ON-T1

SP-ON-T2

SP-ONUT1

SP-ONUT2

SP-ON-S1

SP-ON-S2

SP-ONOHP

SP-ON-PT

for plain paper, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for single-sided copying or copying on the 1st side ofa double-sided copy (in units of 50 µA)for plain paper, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for copyingon the 2nd side of a double-sided copyfor thin paper, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for single-sided copying or copying on the 1st side ofa double-sided copy)for thin paper, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for copyingon the 2nd side of a double-sided copyfor thick paper, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for single-sided copying or copying on the 1st side ofa double-sided copyfor thick paper, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for copyingon the 2nd side of a double-sided copyfor extra thick paper, separation re-chargingON environment adjustment value forsingle-sided copying or copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copyfor extra thick paper, separation re-chargingON environment adjustment value forcopying on the 2nd side of a double-sidedcopyfor special paper 1, separation re-chargingON environment adjustment value forsingle-sided copying or copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copyfor special paper 2, separation re-chargingON environment adjustment value forsingle-sided copying or copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copyfor transparencies, separation re-chargingON environment adjustment valuefor postcards, separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

1 to 32

Cont'd


4-62

HV-IEL

IEL-L1

IEL-L2

IEL-N1

IEL-N2

IEL-T1

IEL-T2

IEL-UT1

IEL-UT2

IEL-S1-1

IEL-S2-1

IEL-OHP

IEL-POST

internal static eliminator high-voltageoutput adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

Environment A (A-ZONE)for thin paper, internal static eliminator biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thin paper, internal static eliminator biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, internal staticeliminator bias adjustment for single-sidedcopying or copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, internal staticeliminator bias adjustment for copying onthe 2nd side of a double-sided copy (in unitsof 0.5 kV)for special paper 1, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 2, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for transparencies, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)for postcards, internal static eliminator biasadjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

Cont'd Cont'd

HV-IEL

4-63


IEL-L1

IEL-L2

IEL-N1

IEL-N2

IEL-T1

IEL-T2

IEL-UT1

IEL-UT2

IEL-S1-1

IEL-S2-1

IEL-OHP

IEL-POST

Environment B (B-ZONE)for thin paper, internal static eliminator biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thin paper, internal static eliminator biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, internal staticeliminator bias adjustment for single-sidedcopying or copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, internal staticeliminator bias adjustment for copying onthe 2nd side of a double-sided copy (in unitsof 0.5 kV)for special paper 1, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 2, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for transparencies, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)for postcards, internal static eliminator biasadjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

Cont'd Cont'd


4-64

IEL-L1

IEL-L2

IEL-N1

IEL-N2

IEL-T1

IEL-T2

IEL-UT1

IEL-UT2

IEL-S1-1

IEL-S2-1

IEL-OHP

IEL-POST

Environment C (C-ZONE)for thin paper, internal static eliminator biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thin paper, internal static eliminator biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, internal staticeliminator bias adjustment for single-sidedcopying or copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, internal staticeliminator bias adjustment for copying onthe 2nd side of a double-sided copy (in unitsof 0.5 kV)for special paper 1, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 2, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for transparencies, internal static eliminatorbias adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)for postcards, internal static eliminator biasadjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

-8 to 0

Cont'd

4-65


HV-ATT HV-ATT

ATT-L1

ATT-L2

ATT-N1

ATT-N2

ATT-T1

ATT-T2

ATT-UT1

ATT-UT2

ATT-S1

ATT-S2

ATT-OHP

ATT-POST

attraction high-voltage output adjustment(in units of 2 µA)

Environment A (A-ZONE)for thin paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for thin paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for plain paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for plain paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for extra thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for extra thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for special paper 1, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for special paper 2, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for transparencies, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment (in units of 2 µA)for postcards, attraction high-voltage outputadjustment (in units of 2 µA)

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

Cont'd Cont'd


4-66

ATT-L1

ATT-L2

ATT-N1

ATT-N2

ATT-T1

ATT-T2

ATT-UT1

ATT-UT2

ATT-S1

ATT-S2

ATT-OHP

ATT-POST

Environment B (B-ZONE)for thin paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for thin paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for plain paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for plain paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for extra thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for extra thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for special paper 1, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for special paper 2, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for transparencies, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment (in units of 2 µA)for postcards, attraction high-voltage outputadjustment (in units of 2 µA)

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

Cont'd Cont'd

4-67


ATT-L1

ATT-L2

ATT-N1

ATT-N2

ATT-T1

ATT-T2

ATT-UT1

ATT-UT2

ATT-S1

ATT-S2

ATT-OHP

ATT-POST

Environment C (C-ZONE)for thin paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for thin paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for plain paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for plain paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for extra thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for extra thick paper, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (in units of 2µA)for special paper 1, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for special paper 2, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment for single-sided copyingor copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 2 µA)for transparencies, attraction high-voltageoutput adjustment (in units of 2 µA)for postcards, attraction high-voltage outputadjustment (in units of 2 µA)

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

-5 to +5

Cont'd


4-68

DOC-REC

FEED-ADJ

DX-XSDA-XEDA-YSDA-YEDS-DOC

ATT-T-A

ATT-T-B

RG-XA

RG-XB

RG-Y

TR-DLY-A

TR-DLY-B

ATT-CHK

ATT-ON

RGST-CHK

RGST-ON

TR1-CHK

TR2-CHK

TR1-ON

TR2-ON

TR-END-A

TR-END-B

fine-adjustment of the original detection areafine-adjustment of the original detection areafine-adjustment of the original detection areafine-adjustment of the original detection areaadjustment of the slice level for originaldetection

adjustment of side A attraction timing for thetransfer drumadjustment of side B attraction timing for thetransfer drumadjustment of registration in sub scanningdirection of side A on the transfer drumadjustment of registration in sub scanningdirection of side B on the transfer drumadjustment of registration in main scanningdirection on the transfer drumUse it to adjust the transfer delay on side A ofthe transfer drum.Use it to adjust the transfer delay on side B ofthe transfer drum.specification of position of attraction on thetransfer drum during ATT-ON (1: 2-sheetretention of sides B and A; 2: retention onside A, 3: retention on side B)executes attraction of copy paper to thetransfer drum according to ATTCHK (OKkey to start; auto stop)specifies position of attraction on the transferdrum during RGST-ON (1: 2-sheet retentionon sides B and A, 2: retention on side A, 3:retention on side B)executes printing for checking registration(retention side) using C according to RGST-CHK (OK key to start; auto stop)specifies position of attraction on the transferdrum during TR1-ON (1: 2-sheet retention ofsides B and A, 2: retention on side A, 3:retention on side B)specifies position of attraction on the transferdrum during TR2-ON (1: 2-sheet retention ofsides B and A, 2: retention on side A, 3:retention on side B)executes printing for checking the leadingedge margin (1 mm) according to TR1-CHK(OK key to start; auto stop)executes printing for checking the leadingedge margin (8 mm) according to TR2-CHK(OK key to start; auto stop)adjusts the falling edge (trailing edge margin)of transfer high voltage for side A retentionadjusts the falling edge (trailing edge margin)of transfer high voltage for side B retention

-99 to +99-99 to +99-99 to +99-99 to +990 to 31

-10 to +10

-10 to +10

-47 to +47

-47 to +47

-70 to +70

-10 to +10

-10 to +10

1 to 3

---

1 to 3

---

1 to 3

1 to 3

---

---

0 to 25

0 to 25

Cont'd

4-69


CST-ADJ

MISC

C2-STMTR

C2-A4R

C3-STMTR

C3-A4R

MF-A4R

MF-A6R

MF-A4

C1-LVOL

C1-HVOL

C2-LVOL

C2-HVOL

C3-LVOL

C3-HVOL

SEG-ADJ

K-ADJATT-RTN1

ATT-RTN2

ATT-RTN3

ATT-RTN4

BC-ADJ

ACS-ADJ

paper width basic value adjustment forSTMTR in cassette 2paper width basic value adjustment for A4Rin cassette 2paper width basic value adjustment forSTMTR in cassette 3paper width basic value adjustment for A4Rin cassette 3paper width basic value adjustment for A4Rin the multifeederpaper width basic value adjustment for A6Rin the multifeederpaper width basic value adjustment for A4 inthe multifeederslice level input for the paper level detectingVR for cassette 1 (for 50 sheets)slice level input for the paper level detectingVR for cassette 1 (for 275 sheets)slice level input for the paper level detectingVR for cassette 2 (for 50 sheets)slice level input for the paper level detectingVR for cassette 2 (for 275 sheets)slice level input for the paper level detectingVR for cassette 3 (for 50 sheets)slice level input for the paper level detectingVR for cassette 3 (for 275 sheets)

separation level adjustment between text andphoto in text/photo mode or text/silver halidemode

for plain paper, addition of a rotation forattraction rotation for signal-sided copyingand copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (full color)for plain paper, addition of a rotation forattraction rotation for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (full color)for thin paper, addition of a rotation forattraction rotation for signal-sided copyingand copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (full color)for thin paper, addition of a rotation forattraction rotation for copying on the 2ndside of a double-sided copy (full color)adjustment of color identification range fornon-pattern processingadjustment of color recognition sensitivityfor ACS

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

-3 to +3

-3 to +30 to 1

0 to 1

0 to 1

0 to 1

-3 to +3

0 to 1

Cont'd


4-70

SENS-ADJ

HV-SP-AC

CLN-TH

CLN-TMP

HV-SP

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

input of thermal correction for the pre-cleaning paper sensor (PS71; in units ofmV)input of a thermal correction value for thepre-cleaning paper sensor (PS71; in unitsof °C)

separation AC high-voltage output (in unitsof 0.5 kV)

Environment A (A-ZONE)for thin paper, separation charging AC biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thin paper, separation charging AC biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units 0.5 kV)for thick paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 1, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 2, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for transparencies, separation charging ACbias adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)for postcards, separation charging AC biasadjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

2300 to 5500

0 to 60

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

Cont'd Cont'd

4-71


SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

Environment B (B-ZONE)for thin paper, separation charging AC biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thin paper, separation charging AC biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thick paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units 0.5 kV)for thick paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 1, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 2, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for transparencies, separation charging ACbias adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)for postcards, separation charging AC biasadjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

Cont'd Cont'd


4-72

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

HV-PSTCL

Environment C (C-ZONE)for thin paper, separation charging AC biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for thin paper, separation charging AC biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for plain paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5kV)for thick paper, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units 0.5 kV)for thick paper, separation charging biasadjustment for copying on the 2nd side of adouble-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for extra thick paper, separation chargingbias adjustment for copying on the 2nd sideof a double-sided copy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 1, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for special paper 2, separation charging biasadjustment for single-sided copying orcopying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy (in units of 0.5 kV)for transparencies, separation charging ACbias adjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)for postcards, separation charging AC biasadjustment (in units of 0.5 kV)

adjusting the post-cleaning high-voltageoutput (in units of 20 µA)

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-4 to +4

-6 to +6HV-PSTCL

4-73


FEEDER>ADJUST Items

Level 1

ADJUST

Level 2 Level 3

ADJ-RX

ADJ-RY

ADJ-DX

ADJ-DY

Description

adjustment of registration in sub scanningdirection with the multifeeder in use (in unitsof 0.1 mm)adjustment of registration in main scanningdirection with the multifeeder in use (in unitsof 0.1 mm)adjustment of registration in sub scanningdirection with the multifeeder in use inmanual feed mode (in units of 0.1 mm)adjustment of registration in main scanningdirection with the multifeeder in use inmanual feed mode (in units of 0.1 mm)

Settings

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

PRJ>ADJUST Items

Level 1

ADJUST

Level 2 Level 3

DS-PRJ

DS-OHP

RD-XS

RD-XE

RD-YS

RD-YE

DA-XS

DA-XE

DA-YS

DA-YE

Description

adjustment of the slice level for theprojection area with the projector in useadjustment of the slice level for originaldetection from the reference sheet positionof film with the projector in useadjustment of the read area with originaldetection OFF and with the projector in use(in units of 0.06 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection OFF and with the projector in use(in units of 0.06 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection OFF and with the projector in use(in units of 0.06 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection OFF and with the projector in use(in units of 0.06 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection ON and with the projector in use(in units of 0.11 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection ON and with the projector in use(in units of 0.11 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection ON and with the projector in use(in units of 0.06 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of the read area with originaldetection ON and with the projector in use(in units of 0.06 mm; standard: 0)

Settings

0 to 31

0 to 31

-300 to +300

-300 to +300

-300 to +300

-300 to +300

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99


4-74

NEGA-B

NAGA-G

NEGA-R

POSI-B

POSI-G

POSI-R

N-LMT

N-G-LMT

P-LMT

P-G-LMT

OHP-LMT

P-DA-XS

P-DA-XE

P-DA-YS

P-DA-YE

N-DA-XS

adjustment of the target value for shadingcorrection when copying negative film withthe projector in use (a higher setting darkensY area)adjustment of the target value for shadingcorrection when copying negative film withthe projector in use (a higher setting darkensM area)adjustment of the target value for shadingcorrection when copying negative film withthe projector in use (a higher setting darkensC area)adjustment of the target value for shadingcorrection when copying positive film withthe projector in use (a higher setting darkensY area)adjustment of the target value for shadingcorrection when copying positive film withthe projector in use (a higher setting darkensM area)adjustment of the target value for shadingcorrection when copying positive film withthe projector in use (a higher setting darkensC area)change of the limit for the projector lamp innegative normal mode with the projector inusechange of the limit for the projector lamp innegative normal mode with the projector inusechange of the limit for the projector lamp inpositive normal mode with the projector inusechange of the limit for the projector lamp inpositive normal mode with the projector inusechange of the limit for the projector lamp intransparency mode with the projector in useadjustment of frame erasing width forpositive film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 24)adjustment of frame erasing width forpositive film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 8)adjustment of frame erasing width forpositive film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 32)adjustment of frame erasing width forpositive film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 24)adjustment of frame erasing width fornegative film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 50)

-100 to +100

-100 to +100

-100 to +100

-100 to +100

-100 to +100

-100 to +100

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

4-75


N-DA-XE

N-DA-YS

N-DA-YE

O-DA-XS

O-DA-XE

O-DA-YS

O-DA-YE

CHNGR-X

CHNGR-Y

adjustment of frame erasing width fornegative film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 50)adjustment of frame erasing width fornegative film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 50)adjustment of frame erasing width fornegative film with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 50)adjustment of frame erasing width fortransparencies with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 24)adjustment of frame erasing width fortransparencies with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 8)adjustment of frame erasing width fortransparencies with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 32)adjustment of frame erasing width fortransparencies with the projector in use (inunits of 0.6 mm; standard: 24)adjustment of position in main scanningdirection with the rotary changer of theprojector in use (in units of 0.6 mm;standard: 0)adjustment of position in sub scanningdirection with the rotary changer of theprojector in use (in units of 0.6 mm;standard: 0)

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

EDITOR>ADJUST Items

Level 1

ADJUST

Level 2 Level 3

ED-X

ED-Y

LOOP-MB

LOOP-TH

MRK-MB

MRK-TH

Description

adjustment of input coordinates in editor subscanning (X) direction (in units of about 0.13mm; standard: 0)adjustment of input coordinates in editormain scanning (Y) direction (in units ofabout 0.13 mm; standard: 0)adjustment of processing used when readingimages into memory for coloring in areaselect/color create mode (standard: 0; ahigher setting makes filling of gaps easier)adjustment of the binary slice level usedwhen reading images into memory forcoloring in area select/color create mode(standard: 192; a higher setting enablesreading of fine lines)adjustment of processing used when readingimages into memory for marking/pointing(standard: 0; a higher setting makes filling ofgaps easier)adjustment of the binary slice level usedwhen reading images into memory formarking/pointing (standard: 128; a highersetting enables reading of fine lines)

Settings

-99 to +99

-99 to +99

0 to 3

0 to 255

0 to 3

0 to 255


4-76

ADJ-XY COPIER>ADJUSTIndicates the image read start position.

Level 3

ADJ-X(Note 1)

ADJ-Y(Note 1)

Remarks

-200 to +200(-3.9 to +3.9 mm)Unit: about 0.107 mm

-100 to +100(-2.5 to +2.5 mm)Unit: about 0.06 mm

Description

Use it to make adjustments so that the image readposition matches the reference point on thecopyboard glass.Fine-adjusts the distance between the originalscanner HP sensor to the read start position.• Unit: number of steps from the stepping motor• Make adjustments as shown in the next page.

Fine-adjusts the CCD reading start position.• Unit: pixels• Make adjustments as shown in the next page.

Vertical size plate

CCD

Horizontal size late

4-77


Level 3

ADJ-S(Note 1)

ADJ-J(Note 1)

Remarks

0 to 45(0 to 4.8 mm)Unit: about 0.107 mm

0 to +190Unit: about 0.1 msec

Description

Use it to fine-adjust the position at which data iscollected for shading correction from the standardwhite plate.• Unit: number of steps from the stepping motor• Scratches or dirt on the standard plate can cause

vertical white lines on copies. To correct theproblem, shift the point of measurement using thisitem.

Use it to adjust the period of acceleration for theoriginal scanner motor.

(front)

Point of measurement

Standard white plate

Note 1: Execute this mode upon replacement of a PCB or initialization of the RAM. The settings willbe returned to standard settings, requiring you to enter the appropriate settings. Be sure torecord any new settings on the service label.

Adjusting the Image Read Start PositionBe sure to check the present point of attraction before starting the work.

1) Turn off the original detection mechanism before starting service mode.2) Bring up the ADJ-XY screen, and press the Copy Start key.

• Appropriate copying mode will automatically be set, and a copy is made with a shift ofabout 50 mm as shown.

3) If any part of the image is missing, decrease the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-Y.4) If an area outside the image is copied, increase the setting of ADJ-X, ADJ-Y.

Figure 4-11


4-78

LASERAdjusts the laser system.

Level 3

T-V00

T-VFF

P3-V00

P3-VFF-1

P3-VFF-2

P3-VFF-3

P3-VFF-4

POWER

T-V00-ON

T-VFF-ON

P3V00-ON

P3-V1-ON

P3-V2-ON

P3-V3-ON

P3-V4-ON

Remarks

0 to 255

Press the OK key to start andthe Stop key to stop.

Description

Use it to enter the laser control initial value at V00for text mode (800 lines) as upon replacement of thelaser unit.

Use it to enter the laser control initial value at VFFfor text mode (800 lines) as upon replacement of thelaser unit.

Use it to enter the laser control initial value at V00for photo mode (400 lines) as upon replacement ofthe laser unit.

Use it to enter the laser control initial value at VFF(45%) for photo mode (400 lines) as uponreplacement of the laser unit.




Use it to turn on the laser output when adjusting thelaser power.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking T-V00.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking T-VFF.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking P3-V00.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking P3-VFF-1.




Note 1: Execute this mode upon replacement of a CPU PCB or initialization of the RAM. The settingswill be returned to standard settings, requiring you to enter the appropriate settings. Be sure torecord any new settings on the service label.

CCD COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the CCD

Level 3

EC-BEC-GEC-R

RemarksDescription

For future expansion.

4-79


DENS COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts items related to developer concentration.

Level 3

SGNL-YSGNL-MSGNL-C(Note 1)

REF-YREF-MREF-C(Note 1)

SIGG-YSIGG-MSIGG-C(Note 1)

RGAIN-K(Note 1)

D-Y-TRGTD-M-TRGTD-C-TRGT(Note 1)

PTOFST-YPTOFST-MPTOFST-CPTOFST-K(Note 1)

D-REF-YD-REF-MD-REF-CD-REF-K

D-REF-4(Note 1)

Remarks

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 1023

-127 to +128

0 to 1023

Description

Use it to adjust the toner concentration signal valueof each color during INIT for ATR control.

Use it to adjust the toner concentration referencesignal value for each color during INIT for ATRcontrol.

Use it to adjust the toner concentration referencesignal gain value for each color during ATR control.

Use it to adjust the toner concentration referencesignal gain value for Bk during toner concentrationcontrol.

Use it to adjust the toner concentration target presentvalue of each color during ATR control.

Use it to adjust the correction value (%) of the laseroutput of each color during ATR control.

Use it to adjust the reference signal value (duringinitialization) of each toner concentration sensor inrelation to light reflected by the photosensitivedrum.

Use it to adjust the reference signal value (duringinitialization) of the toner concentration sensor forall colors in relation to light reflected by thephotosensitive drum.



4-80

Level 3

D-SGNL-YD-SGNL-MD-SGNL-CD-SGNL-K

D-SGNL-4(Note 1)

P-REF-YP-REF-MP-REF-CP-REF-K(Note 1)

P-SGNL-YP-SGNL-MP-SGNL-CP-SGNL-K(Note 1)

SIGG-K(Note 1)

SIGG-P-MSIGG-P-CSIGG-P-YSIGG-P-K(Note 1)

RGAN-P-MRGAN-P-CRGAN-P-YRGAN-P-K(Note 1)

Remarks

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 1023

0 to 255

0 to 255

0 to 255

Description

Use it to adjust the signal value (duringinitialization) for the toner concentration sensor ofeach color in relation to light reflected by thephotosensitive drum.

Use it to adjust the signal value (duringinitialization) for the toner concentration sensor ofall colors in relation to light reflected by thephotosensitive drum.

Use it to adjust the toner concentration referencesignal value for each color on the photosensitivedrum during INIT for ATR control.

Use it to adjust the toner concentration referencesignal value for each color on the photosensitivedrum during INIT for ATR control.

Use it to adjust the gain for the Bk tonerconcentration reference signal during ATR control.

correction of the patch gain for ATR control whenINIT-x (mono INIT) is executed

correction of the patch gain for toner density controlwhen INIT-x (mono INIT) is executed


4-81


V-CONT COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the photosensitive drum surface potential contrast.

Level 3

VBACK-YVBACK-MVBACK-CVBACK-K

EPOTOFST

PF-CRT-YPF-CRT-MPF-CRT-CPF-CRT-K

Remarks

-4 to +4Standard: 0+ side: darkens- side: lightens

0 to 1023Standard: 0

-25 to +25

Description

Use it to adjust the de-fogging potential for eachcolor.

Use it to adjust the potential offset value.

Use it to adjust the offset value (%) of laser strengthfor each color.

PASCALAdjusts automatic gradation correction.

Level 3

OFST-P-YOFST-P-MOFST-P-COFST-P-K

Remarks

-127 to +128

Description

Use it to adjust the target value of each color inhigh-density areas during auto gradation correction.


4-82

COLOR COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the color balance.

Level 3

ADJ-YADJ-MADJ-CADJ-K(Note 1)

OFST-YOFST-MOFST-COFST-K(Note 1)

P-ADJ-YP-ADJ-MP-ADJ-CP-ADJ-K(Note 1)

P-OFST-YP-OFST-MP-OFST-CP-OFST-K(Note 1)

Remarks

-8 to +8Standard:M=0, C=0, Y=0, K=0+ side: darkens- side: lightens

-16 to +16Standard:M=0, C=0, Y=0, K=0

-8 to +8Standard:M=0, C=0, Y=0, K=0+ side: darkens- side: lightens

-16 to +16StandardM=0, C=0, Y=0, K=0

Description

Use it to correct the color balance of each colorselected by the user.• Be sure to set the user color balance to '0' before

using this item.• Be sure to follow the Image Adjustment Basic

Procedure.

Use it to adjust the color balance and density of lightareas of each color.• Be sure to follow the Image Adjustment Basic

Procedure.• To increase the degree of reproduction of

extremely light areas, decrease the setting.

Use it to correct the color balance of each colorwhen output is from an external image controller.• Be sure to set the user color balance to '0' before

using this mode.• Be sure to follow the Image Adjustment Basic

Procedure.

Use it to adjust the color balance and the density oflight areas of each color when the output is from anexternal image controller.• Be sure to follow the Image Adjustment Basic

Procedure.• If fogging is noted, increase the value.• To increase the degree of reproduction of

extremely light areas, decrease the setting.


4-83


HV-TR COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the transfer high-voltage output by condition.

Level 3

HV-TR

TR-L1

TR-L2

TR-N1

TR-N2

TR-T1

TR-T2

TR-UT1

TR-UT2

TR-S1-1

TR-S2-1

TR-OHP

TR-POST

Remarks

-4 to +4Unit: 1.0 µA

-4 to +4Unit: 1.0 µA

The copier may be adapted tothe site of installation(temperature, humidity) bychanging its various settings.For this mode, you will findsettings grouped into threezones (A, B, C). On the Level3 item screen (page 1), besure to adjust Level 3 items ofthe appropriate zones (TEMP,ABS-HUM).Division by Moisture ContentZone A: 0 to 6.17 gZone B: 6.18 to 18.40 gZone C: 18.41 g or more

Description

Use it to adjust the transfer high-voltage output.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias for single-sided copying and when copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thin paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias for single-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using plain paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias forcopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing plain paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias for one-sided copying and when copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thick paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias for single-sided copying and when copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copying using extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias for single-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using special paper 1.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias for single-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using special paper 2.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias when usingtransparencies.

Use it to adjust the transfer charging bias when usingpostcards.



4-84

HV-SP COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the separation charging high-voltage output by condition.

Level 3

HV-SP

SP-L1

SP-L2

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

Remarks

-6 to 0Unit: 50 µA

-6 to 0Unit: 50 µA


Description

Use it to adjust the separation DC high-voltageoutput.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thin paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using plain paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forcopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing plain paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias for one-sided copying and when copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copying using extra thickpaper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using special paper 1.


Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whenusing transparencies.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whenusing postcards.


4-85


COPIER>ADJUST

Level 3

SP-ON-N1

SP-ON-N2

SP-ON-L1

SP-CN-L2

SP-ON-T1

SP-ON-T2

SP-ONUT1

SP-ONUT2

SP-ON-S1

SP-ON-S2

SP-ONOHP

SP-ON-PT

Remarks

1 to 32In this mode, the blue offset isdecreased; check the settingof COPIER>ANALOG-ABS-HUM, and enter theappropriate value (1 through32) from below.

1: all environment OFF2: 3.03 g or less3: 3.42 g or less4: 3.81 g or less5: 4.21 g or less6: 4.60 g or less7: 4.99 g or less8: 5.38 g or less9: 5.77 g or less10: 6.17 g or less11: 6.65 g or less12: 7.13 g or less13: 7.61 g or less14: 8.09 g or less15: 8.57 g or less16: 9.05 g or less17: 9.53 g or less18: 10.01 g or less19: 10.50 g or less20: 11.44 g or less21: 12.38 g or less22: 13.32 g or less23: 14.26 g or less24: 15.20 g or less25: 16.00 g or less26: 16.80 g or less27: 17.60 g or less28: 18.40 g or less29: 19.20 g or less30: 20.00 g or less31: 20.80 g or less32: 21.60 g or less

For instance, in the case of 5g, enter '8' for the paper typein question so that theseparation re-chargingmechanism will turn on whenthe moisture content is 0 to5.38 g.

Description

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for single-sidedcopying and copying on the 1st side of a double-sided copy.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging ONenvironment adjustment value for copying on the2nd side of a double-sided copy using plain paper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for single-sidedcopying or copying on the 1st side of a double-sidedcopy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for copying on the2nd side of a double-sided copy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for single-sidedcopying and copying on the 1st side of a double-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for copying on the2nd side of a double-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for single-sidedcopying and copying on the 1st side of a double-sided copy using extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for copying on the2nd side of a double-sided copy using extra thickpaper.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for single-sidedcopying and copying on the 1st side of a double-sided copy using special paper 1.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value for single-sidedcopying and copying on the 1st side of a double-sided copy using special paper 2.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value using transparencies.

Use it to adjust the separation re-charging onenvironment adjustment value using postcards.



4-86

HV-IEL COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the internal static eliminating high-voltage output by condition.

Level 3

HV-IEL

IEL-L1

IEL-L2

IEL-N1

IEL-N2

IEL-T1

IEL-T2

IEL-UT1

IEL-UT2

IEL-S1-1

IEL-S2-1

IEL-OHP

IEL-POST

Remarks

-8 to 0Unit: 0.5 kV

-8 to 0Unit: 0.5 kV


Description

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating high-voltage output.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor single-sided copying and when copying on the1st side of a double-sided copy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biaswhen copying on the 2nd side of a double-sidedcopy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor single-sided copying and copying on the 1st sideof a double-sided copy using plain paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor copying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing plain paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor one-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biaswhen copying on the 2nd side of a double-sidedcopy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor single-sided copying and when copying on the1st side of a double-sided copy using extra thickpaper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biaswhen copying on the 2nd side of a double-sidedcopy using extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor single-sided copying and copying on the 1st sideof a double-sided copy using special paper 1.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biasfor single-sided copying and copying on the 1st sideof a double-sided copy using special paper 2.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biaswhen using transparencies.

Use it to adjust the internal static eliminating biaswhen using postcards.


4-87


HV-ATT COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the attraction charging high-voltage output by condition.

Level 3

HV-ATT

ATT-L1

ATT-L2

ATT-N1

ATT-N2

ATT-T1

ATT-T2

ATT-UT1

ATT-UT2

ATT-S1

ATT-S2

ATT-OHP

ATT-POST

Remarks

-5 to +5Unit: 2 µA

-5 to +5Unit: 2 µA


Description

Use it to adjust the attraction high-voltage output.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias forsingle-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thin paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias forsingle-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using plain paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias forcopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing plain paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias for one-sided copying and when copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thick paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias forsingle-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copy using extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing extra thick paper.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias forsingle-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using special paper 1.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias forsingle-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using special paper 2.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias whenusing transparencies.

Use it to adjust the attraction charging bias whenusing postcards.



4-88

DOC-REC COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the original detection area/slice level.

Level 3

DA-XSDA-XEDA-YSDA-YE(Note 1)

DS-DOC(Note 1)

Remarks

-99 to +99(0 to 6.3 mm)Standard:SX=24XE=8YS=32YE=24Unit: 0.06 mm (approx.)

0 to 31(density level of 0 to 248)Standard: 21

Description

Fine-Adjusting the Original Detection AreaIf an original is placed on the copyboard glass at anangle, its copy will be framed in black by the workof original detection mode. Use this item to makesettings so as to remove such frames.Keep in mind that a change in the settings will affectthe frame width in original detection mode while theprojector is in use.

Adjusting the Slice Level for Original DetectionYou may set a slice level of your choice for originaldetection.A higher slice level will increase the degree ofdetection of an original, but at the same time willlead to wrong detection.


4-89


FEED-ADJ COPIER>ADJUST

Level 3

ATT-T-A

ATT-T-B

RG-XA

RG-XB

RG-Y

TR-DLY-A

TR-DLY-B

ATT-CHK

ATT-ON

RGST-CHK

RGST-ON

TR1-CHK

TR2-CHK

TR1-ON

TR2-ON

TR-END-A

TR-END-B

Remarks

-10 to +10Unit: 0.4 mm

-47 to +47Unit: 0.06 mm

-70 to +70

-10 to +10Unit: 0.4 mm

1: 2-sheet retention (sides Band A)

2: side A retention3: side B retention

OK key to start; auto stop





0 to 25Unit: 0.4 mm

Executes test printing at TR2-ON.

Description

Use it to enter a transfer drum side A attractiontiming adjustment value.

Use it to enter a transfer drum side B attractiontiming adjustment value.

Use it to enter a registration (point of attraction)fine-adjustment value for transfer drum side A subscanning direction (feeding direction).

Use it to enter a registration (point of attraction)fine-adjustment value for transfer drum side B subscanning direction (feeding direction).

Use it to enter a registration (point of attraction)fine-adjustment value for transfer drum mainscanning direction (drum axial).

Enter a fine-adjustment value for the transfer delayon side A of the transfer drum.

Enter a fine-adjustment value for the transfer delayon side B of the transfer drum.

Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during ATT-ON.

Use it to execute attraction of copy paper to thetransfer drum according to ATT-CHK settings.

Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during RGST-ON.

Use it to execute printing for checking registration(side of retention) using C according to RGST-CHKsettings.

Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during TR1-ON.

Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during TR2-ON.

Use it to execute printing for checking a 1-mmleading edge margin according to TR1-CHKsettings.

Use it to execute printing for checking an 8-mmleading edge margin according to TR2-CHKsettings.

Use it to adjust the falling edge (trailing edgemargin) of transfer high voltage for side A retention.

Use it to adjust the falling edge (training edgemargin) of transfer high voltage for side B retention.• Be sure to make adjustments whenever you have

replaced the transfer drum unit.• A lower setting will shift the point at which

blurring starts toward the trailing edge.




4-90

CST-ADJAdjusts cassette-/manual feed-related items.

Level 3

C2-STMTR

C2-A4R

C3-STMTR

C3-A4R

MF-A4R

MF-A6R

MF-A4

C1-LVOL

C1-HVOL

C2-LVOL

C2-HVOL

C3-LVOL

C3-HVOL

Remarks

0 to 1023When you have replaced theCPU PCB or initialized theRAM of the DC -CPU, enterthe values recorded on theservice label.

Description

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value forSTMTR in cassette 2.

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4Rin cassette 2.

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value forSTMTR in cassette 3 (for CLC1150, cassette 2).

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4Rin cassette 3 (for CLC1150, cassette 2).

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4Rin the multifeeder.

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A6Rin the multifeeder.

Use it to adjust the paper width basic value for A4 inthe multifeeder.

Use it to enter a slice level for the cassette 1 paperlevel detecting VR (for 50 sheets).

Use it to enter a slice level for the cassette 1 paperlevel detecting VR (for 275 sheets).

Use it to enter a slice level for the cassette 2 (forCLC1150, cassette 1) paper level detecting VR (for50 sheets).

Use it to enter a slice level for the cassette 2 (forCLC1150, cassette 1), paper level detecting VR (for275 sheets).



0 to 1023When you have replaced theCPU PCB or initialized theRAM of the DC-CPU, enterthe values recorded on theservice label.If you have replaced the paperwidth sensor, executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>CST.

4-91


MISC COPIER>ADJUST

Level 3

SEG-ADJ

K-ADJ

ATT-RTN1

ATT-RTN2

ATT-RTN3

ATT-RTN4

BC-ADJ

ACS-ADJ

Remarks

-3 to +3

-3 to +3

0 to 1

-3 to +3A higher setting will decreasethe recognition range (i.e., alight color or a dark color willbe identified as white orblack, respectively).

-6 to +6

Description

Use it to adjust the separation level between text andphoto in text/photo mode or text/silver halide mode.

Use it to correct the black text mechanism.

Use it to add a single rotation to attraction rotationfor single-sided copying and copying on the 1st sideof double-sided copying using plain paper (fullcolor/ black).

Use it to add a single rotation to attraction rotationfor copying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing plain paper (full color/black).

Use it to add a single attraction rotation for single-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of a double-sided copy using thin paper (full color/black).

Use it to add a single rotation to attraction rotationfor copying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thin paper (full color/black).

Use it to adjust the color recognition range whenpattern processing is not performed.

Use it to adjust the color recognition sensitivity forACS.

SENS-ADJAdjusts sensor-related items.

Level 3

CLN-TH

CLN-TMP

Remarks

2300 to 5500Unit: mV

0 to 60Unit: °CWhen you have replaced theCPU PCB or initialized theRAM of the DC-CPU, be sureto enter the values recordedon the service label.If you have replaced the pre-cleaning paper sensor or thephotosensitive drum, orremoved the sensor unit, besure to executeCOPIER>FUNCTION>SENS-ADJ>CLN-OFST aftercleaning the sensor unit.

Description

Use it to enter a thermal correction value for the pre-cleaning paper sensor (PS71).

Use it to enter a thermal correction value for the pre-cleaning paper sensor (PS71).


4-92

HV-SP-AC COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the separation charging AC high-voltage output by condition.

Level 3

HV-SP(Note 1)

SP-N1

SP-N2

SP-T1

SP-T2

SP-UT1

SP-UT2

SP-S1-1

SP-S2-1

SP-OHP

SP-POST

SP-L1

SP-L2(Note 1)

Remarks

-4 to +4Unit: 0.5 kV

-4 to +4Unit: 0.5 kV


Description

Use it to adjust the separation AC high-voltageoutput.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using plain paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forcopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing plain paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias for one-sided copying and when copying on the 1st side of adouble-sided copy using thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thick paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copying using extra thickpaper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing extra thick paper.



Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whenusing transparencies.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whenusing postcards.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias forsingle-sided copying and when copying on the 1stside of a double-sided copy using thin paper.

Use it to adjust the separation charging bias whencopying on the 2nd side of a double-sided copyusing thin paper.


4-93


HV-PSTCL COPIER>ADJUSTAdjusts the post-cleaning high-voltage output.

Level 1

HV-PSTCL(Note 1)

Remarks

-6 to +6Unit: 20 µA

Description

Adjusting the Post-Cleaning High Voltage• Increase the setting if a width of about 5 cm along

the leading edge of paper is dark when makinghalftone copies.


Feeder-Related Items FEEDER>ADJUST

Level 3

ADJ-RX

ADJ-RY

ADJ-DX

ADJ-DY

Remarks

-50 to +50Unit: 0.1 mm

Description

Use it to adjust the registration in sub scanningdirection with the feeder in use.

Use it to adjust the registration in main scanningdirection with the feeder in use.

Use it to adjust the registration in sub scanningdirection with the feeder in use in manual mode.

Use it to adjust the registration in main scanningdirection with the feeder in use in manual feedmode.


4-94

Projector-Related Items PRJ>ADJUST

Level 3

DS-PRJ

DS-OHP

RD-XSRD-XERD-YSRD-YE

DA-XSDA-XEDA-YSDA-YE

Remarks

0 to 31Standard: 28

0 to 31Standard: 22

-300 to +300Unit: 0.06 mmStandard: 0

-99 to +99Standard: 0

XS, XEUnit: 0.11 mm

YS, YEUnit: 0.06 mm

Description

Use it to adjust the slice level for projection areadetection with the projector in use.

Use it to adjust the slice level for original detectionin reference to the reference sheet of film (e.g., 6x6,8x10) placed on the copyboard glass with theprojector in use.

Use it to adjust the read area when the originaldetection mechanism is off or when originaldetection fails even when the original detectionmechanism is on with the projector in use.

Use it to adjust the read area when the originaldetection mechanism is on with the projector in use.• This is also used for the read area when the

original detection mechanism is off in copyboardmode.

Figure 4-12

4-95


PRJ>ADJUST

Level 3

NEGA-BNEGA-GNEGA-R

POSI-BPOSI-GPOSI-R

N-LMT

N-G-LMT

P-LMT

P-G-LMT

OHP-LMT

P-DA-XSP-DA-XEP-DA-YSP-DA-YE

N-DA-XSN-DA-XEN-DA-YSN-DA-YE

O-DA-XSO-DA-XEO-DA-YSODAS-YE

CHNGR-X

CHNGR-Y

Remarks

0 to 255 (effective range: 32to 63)





-99 to +99Unit: 0.6 mm (approx.)Standard:XS=24XE=8YS=32YE=24

-99 to +99Unit: 0.6 mm (approx.)Standard: 50

-99 to +99Unit: 0.6 mm (approx.)Standard:XS=24XE=8YS=32YE=24


Description

Use it to adjust the target value for shadingcorrection when copying negative film with theprojector in use.

Use it to adjust the target value for shadingcorrection when copying positive film with theprojector in use.

Use it to change the limit for the projector lamp innegative normal mode with the projector in use

Use it to change the limit for the projector lamp innegative copyboard mode with the projector in use.

Use it to change the limit for the projector inpositive normal mode with the projector in use.

Use it to change the limit for the projector inpositive copyboard mode with the projector in use.

Use it to change the limit for the projector intransparency mode with the projector in use.

Use it to adjust the degree of the positive filmoriginal frame erasing mechanism with the projectorin use.

Use it to adjust the degree of negative film originalframe erasing mechanism with the projector in use.

Use it to adjust the degree of transparency filmoriginal erasing mechanism with the projector inuse.

Use it to adjust the position in main scanningdirection with the projector rotary changer in use.

Use it to adjust the position in sub scanning directionwith the projector rotary changer in use.

-100 to +100A higher value darkens thecolor.B → YG → MR → C


4-96

Editor-Related Items EDITOR>ADJUST

Level 3

ED-X

ED-Y(Note 1)

LOOP-MB(Note 1)

LOOP-TH(Note 1)

MRK-MB

MRK-TH

Remarks


0 to 3Standard: 0


0 to 3Standard: 0


Description

Use it to adjust the input coordinates in editor subscanning (X) direction.

Use it to adjust the input coordinates in editor mainscanning (Y) direction.

Use it to adjust processing for reading images intomemory when coloring in area select/color createmode.• A higher setting makes filling of gaps easier, but

too high a setting can lead to bleeding.

Use it to adjust the binary slice level for readingimages into memory when coloring in area select/color create mode.• A higher setting enables reading fine lines.

Use it to adjust processing for reading images intomemory in marker select/point select mode.• A higher setting makes filling of gaps easier.

Use it to adjust the binary slice level for readingimages into memory in marker select/point selectmode.• A higher setting enable reading fine lines.


4-97


E. FUNCTION (operation check mode)

COPIER>FUNCTION Items

Level 1

FUNCTION

Level 2

INSTALL

Level 3

SPLY-Y

SPLY-M

SPLY-C

SPLY-K

STIR-Y

STIR-M

STIR-C

STIR-K

STIR-4

INIT-Y

INIT-M

INIT-C

INIT-K

INIT-4

RECV-Y

RECV-M

RECV-C

RECV-K

HP-STR-Y

Description

rotates the cylinder to supply Y developer to thedeveloping assembly (OK key to start, Stop key tostop)rotates the cylinder to supply M developer to thedeveloping assembly (OK key to start, Stop key tostop)rotates the cylinder to supply C developer to thedeveloping assembly (OK key to start, Stop key tostop)rotates the cylinder to supply Bk developer to thedeveloping assembly (OK key to start, Stop key tostop)stirs the developer inside the Y developingassembly (OK key to start; auto stop in about 2min)stirs the developer inside the M developingassembly (OK key to start; auto stop in about 2min)stirs the developer inside the C developingassembly (OK key to start; auto stop in about 2min)stirs the developer inside the Bk developingassembly (OK key to start; auto stop in about 2min)stirs the developer inside the four color developingassemblies in sequence (OK key to start; auto stopin about 9 min)reads the initial value of the Y toner concentrationsignal SGNL, REF (OK key to start; auto stop)reads the initial value of the M toner concentrationsignal SGNL, REF (OK key to start; auto stop)reads the initial value of the C toner concentrationsignal SGNL, REF (OK key to start; auto stop)reads the initial value of the Bk toner concentrationsignal SGNL, REF (OK key to start; auto stop)reads the initial values of the 4 color tonerconcentration signals SGNL, REF in sequence(OK key to start; auto stop)rotates the cylinder to draw the developer from theY developing assembly (OK key to start; Stop keyto stop)rotates the cylinder to draw the developer from theM developing assembly (OK key to start; Stop keyto stop)rotates the cylinder to draw the developer from theC developing assembly (OK key to start; Stop keyto stop)rotates the cylinder to draw the developer from theBk developing assembly (OK key to start; Stopkey to stop)stirs the toner inside the Y hopper at time ofinstallation (OK key to start; auto stop)

Cont'd


4-98

CCD

LASER

ATTRACT

HP-STR-M

HP-STR-C

HP-STR-K

HP-STR-4

INIT-D

INIT-P

CCD-ADJ

ADJEC-AADJEC-BCADJEC-BN

POWER ---

T-V00 ---

T-VFF ---

P2-V00 ---

P3-VFF-1 ---

P3-VFF-2 ---

P3-VFF-3 ---

P3-VFF-4 ---

ATT-CHK

ATT-ON

RGST-CHK

RGST-ON

TR1-CHK

TR1-ON

TR2-CHK

stirs the toner inside the M hopper at time ofinstallation (OK key to start; auto stop)stirs the toner inside the C hopper at time ofinstallation (OK key to start; auto stop)stirs the toner inside the Bk hopper at time ofinstallation (OK key to start; auto stop)stirs the toner inside the four color hoppers at time ofinstallation (OK key to start; auto stop)reads black toner concentration sensor output dataonce again (OK key to start; auto stop)for R&D

executes shading correction using the standard whiteplate (OK key to start; auto stop, indicating END fornormal and ERR for error)for future expansionfor future expansionfor future expansion

turns on the laser output for laser power adjustment(OK key to start; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking T-V00 (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking T-VFF (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking P3-V00 (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking P3-VFF-1 (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking P3-VFF-2 (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking P3-VFF-3 (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)turns on the laser for checking P3-VFF-4 (OK key tostart; Stop key to stop)

selects a point of attraction on the transfer duringATT-ON (1: 2-sheet retention of sides B and A; 2:side A retention; 3: side B retention)executes attraction of copy paper to the transferdrum according to ATT-CHK settings (OK key tostart; auto stop)selects a point of attraction on the transfer duringRGST-ON (1: 2-sheet retention of sides B and A; 2:side A retention; 3: side B retention)executes printing for checking the point ofregistration (side of attraction) using C according toRGST-CHK settings (OK key to start; auto stop)selects a point of attraction on the transfer drumduring TR1-ON (1: 2-sheet retention of sides B andA; 2: side A retention; 3: side B retention)executes printing for checking a 1-mm leading edgemargin according to TR1-CHK settings (1: 2-sheetretention of sides B and A; 2: side A retention; 3:side B retention)selects a point of attraction on the transfer drumduring TR2-ON (1: 2-sheet retention of sides B andA; 2: side A retention; 3: side B retention)

Cont'd Cont'd

4-99


DPC

CST

CLEANING

FIXING

PANEL

PART-CHK

TR2-ON

TR3-CHKTR3-ONTR4-CHKTR4-ON

DPC

OFST

INIT

C2-STMTR

C2-A4R

C3-STMTR

C3-A4R

MF-A4R

MF-A6R

MF-A4

KCLN

NIP-CHK

PUMP-ON

LCD-CHK

LED-CHK

LED-OFFKEY-CHK

TOUCHCHK

CL

CL-ON

FAN

executes printing for checking an 8-mm leading edgemargin according to TR2-CHK settings (OK key tostart; auto stop)for R&Dfor R&Dfor R&Dfor R&D

executes measurement of potential on thephotosensitive drum (OK key to start; auto stop)executes offset adjustment of the potentialmeasurement circuit of the photosensitive drum (OKkey to start; auto stop)executes initialization of the photosensitive drumpotential measurement data (OK key to start; autostop)stores paper width detection reference point 1 forSTMTR paper in cassette 2 (OK key to start; autostop)stores paper width detection reference point 2 forA4R paper in cassette 2 (OK key to start; auto stop)stores paper width detection reference point 1 forSTMTR paper in cassette 3 (OK key to start; autostop)stores paper width detection reference point 2 forA4R paper in cassette 3 (OK key to start; auto stop)stores paper width detection reference point 1 forA4R paper in multifeeder (OK key to start; autostop)stores paper width detection reference point 2 forA6R paper in multifeeder (OK key to start; auto stop)stores paper width detection reference point 3 for A4paper in multifeeder (OK key to start; auto stop)rotates the polishing roller while rotating the transferdrum (OK key to start and rotate for about 5 min;auto stop)generates output for measuring the fixing nip with(OK key to start; cyan image output generated anddelivered automatically)turns on the fixing oil pump (OK key to start; Stopkey to stop)checks the LCD for missing dots (OK key to start; alldots turned on, and changed to blue; Stop key to stop)starts a check on the LEDs on the control panel (OKkey to start; LEDs turned on in sequence)ends a check on the LEDs on the control panelstarts a check on key inputs from the control panel(press on highlighted item to end)checks the touch panel of the control panel (+indicated on LCD pressed repeatedly to movethrough highlighted items)selects each clutch (enter parts No., and press OKkey to select)starts the operation of the clutch selected by 'CL'(OK key to start; Stop key to stop)selects each key (enter part No., and press OK key toselect)

Cont'd Cont'd


4-100

CLEAR

MISC-R

MISC-P

SENS-ADJ

FAN-ON

MTR

MTR-ON

SL

SL-ON

SHV

SHV-ON

ERR

DC-CON

R-CONMMI-COPY

SERVICE

JAM-HISTERR-HISTE354-CLRE355-CLR

SCANLAMP

SC-MOVE

RESERVE1RESERVE2RESERVE3RESERVE4

DRUM-ROT

POWEROFF

B-HP

B-ATT-TR

B-TR

B-CLN

CLN-OFST

starts the operation of the fan selected by 'FAN' (OKkey to start; stop key to stop)selects each motor (enter the part No., and press theOK key to select)starts the operation of the motor selected in 'MTR'(OK key to start; auto stop in 20 sec)selects each solenoid (enter part No., and press OKkey to select)starts the operation of the solenoid selected in 'SL'(OK key to start; Stop key to stop)selects each high-voltage output (enter high-voltageNo., and press OK to select)starts operation of the high-voltage output selected in'SHV' (OK key to start; auto stop)

clears an error code (E000, E005, E008, E020,E717; OK key to start; turn off and then on powerswitch)initializes the RAM of the DC-CPU (OK key tostart)initializes the RAM of the R-CPU (OK key to start)initializes the RAM of the PANEL-CPU (OK key tostart)initializes the backup data of service mode (OK keyto start)clears the jam history (OK key to start)clears the error history (OK key to start)--

turns on the scanning lamp (OK key to start; autostop after several sec)starts scanner movement (OK key to start; 1: HP toA, 2: HP to B, 3: HP to C, 4: HP)for R&Dfor R&Dfor R&Dfor R&D

rotates the photosensitive drum to rotate idly for aspecific period of time (OK key to start; auto stop)executes a check on the operation of auto power-off(OK key to start)rotates the attraction/transfer locking cam motor tomove the cam to HP (OK key to start; auto stop)rotates the attraction/transfer locking cam motor tomove the cam to the attraction/transfer position (OKkey to start; auto stop)rotates the attraction/transfer locking cam motor tomove the cam to the transfer position (OK key tostart; auto stop)rotates the attraction/transfer locking cam motor tomove the cam to the transfer drum cleaning position(OK key to start; auto stop)

starts thermal correction operation of the pre-cleaningpaper sensor (PS72; OK key to start; auto stop)

4-101


PRJ>FUNCTION Items

Level 1

FUNCTION

Level 2 Level 3

LAMP

CCD

Description

drives the projector lamp for a specific period oftime (OK key to start; auto stop)reads in data and executes gain adjustment at timeof projector installation (OK key to start; autostop)


4-102

INSTALL COPIER>FUNCTIONUsed at time of installation.

Level 3

SPLY-YSPLY-MSPLY-CSPLY-K

STIR-YSTIR-MSTIR-CSTIR-K

STIR-4

INIT-YINIT-MINIT-CINIT-K

INIT-4

RECV-YRECV-MRECV-CRECV-K

RemarksDescription

Use it to rotate the developing cylinder to supply aspecific color developer to the developing assembly.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) To stop, press the Stop key.

Use it to stir the developer inside a specific colordeveloping assembly.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The operation will stop automatically in about 2

min.

Use it to stir the developer in the four developingassemblies in sequence.1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


min.

Use it to read the initial value of a specific tonerconcentration signal SGNL, REF.· The screen (COPIER>ADJUST>DENS) will

show the reading. Be sure to record it on theservice label.

Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


min.

Use it to read the initial value of the four color tonerconcentration signals SGNL, REF in sequence.· The screen (COPIER>ADJUST>DENS) will

show the readings. Be sure to record them on theservice label.

Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


min.

Use it to rotate the developing cylinder, therebydrawing the developer from a specific colordeveloping assembly.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) To stop, press the stop key.

Note:You will use this mode during installation.

4-103


Level 3

HP-STR-YHP-STR-MHP-STR-CHP-STR-K

HP-STR-4

INIT-D

INIT-P

RemarksDescription

Use it to stir the toner inside a specific color hopperto prevent blocking at time of installation and hopperunit replacement.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK


sec.

Note:This item is designed to prevent blocking of tonersupplied to an empty hopper at high speed, asoccurring at time of installation or hopper unitreplacement.

Use it to stir the toner inside the four color hoppers toprevent blocking at time of installation or hopper unitreplacement.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


min.

Caution:This item is designed to prevent blocking of tonersupplied to empty hoppers at high speed, asoccurring at time of installation or hopper unitreplacement.

Use it to read the concentration sensor output dataonce again after cleaning the black tonerconcentration sensor to suit the light reflected by thephotosensitive drum.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The operation will stop automatically.

for R&D


4-104

CCD COPIER>FUNCTIONExecutes automatic adjustment of CCD-/shading-related items.

Level 3

CCD-ADJ

ADJEC-AADJEC-BCADJEC-BN

Remarks

END: normalERR: error**Try executing the item onceagain.Execute this item if you havereplaced the CCD unit,scanning lamp, imageprocessor, or the standardwhite plate.

Description

Use it to execute shading correction using thestandard white plate.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The operation will stop automatically, and the

result will be indicated.3) Turn off and then on the power switch.

Caution:Do not open the front cover while executing thismode. Otherwise, the CCD adjustment may fail.

For future expansion.

LASERAdjusts laser-related items.

Level 3

POWER

T-V00

T-VFF

P2-V00

P3-VFF-1

P3-VFF-2

P3-VFF-3

P3-VFF-4

Remarks

OK key to start; Stop key tostop

Description

Use it to turn on the laser output for adjusting thelaser power.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking T-V00.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking T-VFF.

Use it to turn on the laser output when checking P3-V00.





4-105


ATTRACT COPIER>FUNCTIONExecutes attraction point auto adjustment.

Level 3

ATT-CHK

ATT-ON

RGST-CHK

RGST-ON

TRI-CHK

TRI-ON

RemarksDescription

Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during ATT-ON.1: 2-sheet retention (sides B and A)2: side A retention3: side B retention

Use it to execute attraction of copy paper to thetransfer drum according to ATT-CHK settings.This item uses the source of paper selected beforestarting service mode.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to select the point of attraction on the transferdrum during RGST-ON.1: 2-sheet retention (sides B and A)2: side A detecting3: side B retention

Use it to execute printing for checking the point ofregistration (side of attraction) using C according toRGST-CHK settings.This mode uses the source of paper selected beforestarting service mode.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during TR1-ON.1: 2-sheet retention (sides B and A)2: side A detecting3: side B retention

Use it to execute printing for checking a 1-mmleading edge margin according to TR1-CHK settings.This mode uses the source of paper selected beforestarting service mode.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK



4-106

COPIER>FUNCTION

Level 3

TR2-CHK

TR2-ON

TR3-CHK

TR3-ON

TR4-CHK

TR4-ON

RemarksDescription

Use it to select a point of attraction on the transferdrum during TR2-ON.1: 2-sheet retention (sides B and A)2: side A detecting3: side B retention

Use it to execute printing for checking an 8-mmleading edge margin according to TR2-CHK settings.This mode uses the source of paper selected beforestarting service mode.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK


for R&D

for R&D

for R&D

for R&D

DPCMeasures the potential of the photosensitive drum.

Level 3

DPC

OFST

INIT

RemarksDescription

Use it to execute measurement of the potential of thephotosensitive drum.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to execute offset adjustment of the potentialmeasurement circuit of the photosensitive drum.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to execute initialization of the measurementdata on the potential of the photosensitive drum ifDPC cannot be executed normally.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


4-107


CST COPIER>FUNCTIONExecutes cassette/multifeeder size auto adjustment.

Level 3

C2-STMTRC2-A4RC3-STMTRC3-A4R

MF-A4RMF-A6RMF-A4

Remarks

STMTR width: 139.5 mmA4R width: 210 mmFor fine adjustment afterstoring a reference point, usepaper width basic valueadjustment in ADJUST>CST-ADJ.

A4R width: 210 mmA6R width: 105 mmA4 width: 297 mmFor fine adjustment afterstoring a reference point, usepaper width basic valueadjustment in ADJUST>CST-ADJ.

Description

Use it to store the paper width detection referencepoint for cassette 2/3 (for CLC1150, cassette 3).Using ht Item1) Adjust the side guide pal of the bottommost

cassette to STMTR.2) Select C2-STMTR or C3-STMTR (to highlight),

and press the OK key.3) Likewise, store a reference point for A4R size.

Use it to store the paper width detecting referencepoint for the multifeeder.Using the Item1) Place A4R paper in the multifeeder, and adjust the

side guide to A4R.2) Select MF-A4R (to highlight), and press the OK

key.3) Likewise, store the reference point for A6R and

A4.

CLEANINGChecks cleaning operation.

Level 3

KCLN

Remarks

You cannot stop this modebefore the ongoing job ends.

Description

Use it to rotate the transfer drum while keeping thepolishing roller in contact.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


min.


4-108

FIXING COPIER>FUNCTIONExecutes automatic adjustment of fixing assembly-related items.

Level 3

NIP-CHK

PUMP-ON

RemarksDescription

Use it to generate an output for measuring the fixingnip width.This mode uses the source of paper selected beforeservice mode is started.Using the Item1) Make about 20 copies of the Test Sheet in A4.2) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.3) A cyan image will automatically be prepared and

discharged.4) Measure the width of the area indicated in the

figure.

Use it to impregnate the felt with oil by running thefixing oil pump for about 10 min when replacing theoil applying felt.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The fixing motor will rotate, and the fixing oil

pump will turn on.2) Press the Stop key to stop.

4-109


PANEL COPIER>FUNCTIONChecks the activation of the indicators on the control panel.

Level 3

LCD-CHK

LED-CHK

LED-OFF

KEY-CHK

TOUCHCHK

Remarks

See Table 4-4.

This is to match thecoordinates representing apoint on the touch panel andthe LCD.Execute this mode if you havereplaced the LCD.

Description

Use it to check the LCD for missing dots.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The entire LCD will alternately turn on white,

and then blue.2) To stop, press the Stop key.

Use it to start a check on the LEDs on the controlpanel.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The LEDs on the control panel will turn on in

sequence.2) To stop, press LED-OFF.

Use it to end a check on the LEDs on the controlpanel.1) Press the item (highlighted) to end the operation.

Use it to start a check on the key inputs from thecontrol panel.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight).2) Press any key to check. If normal, the

corresponding character will appear on the LCD.3) To stop, press KEY-CHK (to highlight) once

again.

Use it to adjust the coordinates of the touch panel onthe control panel.Using the Item1) Select an item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) Press the nine +s appearing on the touch panel in

sequence.3) To stop, press TOUCH-CHK (to highlight) once

again.


4-110

Key

Counter Check

ACS

Full Color

Black

Original Recognition

Center Shift

Energy Saver

Stop

Indication

BILL

ACS

F-COLOR

BLACK

SIZE

C-SHIFT

STAND BY

STOP

Key

Start

Clear

0 to 9

ID

Interrupt

Additional Function

Guide

Reset

Indication

START

CLEAR

0 to 9

ID

INTERRUPT

USER

?

RESET

Table 4-4

Input Keys and Indications COPIER>FUNCTION

PART-CHKChecks the operation of various loads.

Level 3

CL

CL-ON

FAN

FAN-ON

MTR

Remarks

See Table 4-5.Codes 13 through 20 are notused.



Description

Use it to select the clutch to check.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight).2) Enter the code of the clutch using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.

Use it to check the operation of the clutch selectedusing CL.1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.· The clutch will tun on.

2) To stop, press the Stop key.

Use it to select the fan to check.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight).2) Enter the code of the fan using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.

Use it to check the operation of the fan selected usingFAN.Using the Item1) Select the item to select (to highlight), and press

the OK key.· The fan will turn on.


Use it to select the motor to check.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight).2) Enter the code of the motor.3) Press the OK key.

4-111


COPIER>FUNCTION

Level 3

MTR-ON

SL

SL-ON

SHV

SHV-ON

Remarks



Description

Use it to check the operation of the motor selectedusing MTR.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The motor will turn on.

2) In about 20 sec, the operation will stopautomatically.

Use it to select the solenoid to check.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight).2) Enter the code of the solenoid using the keypad.3) Press the OK key.

Use it to check the operation of the solenoid selectedusing SL.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The solenoid will turn on.


Use it to select the high-voltage output to check.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight).2) Enter the code of the high-voltage output using the

keypad.3) Press the OK key.

Use it to check the operation of the high-voltageoutput selected using SHV.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The high-voltage output will turn on.

2) The operation will stop automatically aftergenerating a specific high-voltage output.

Code

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

Name

duplexing feed clutch (CL14)

---

registration clutch (CL9)

multifeeder feed clutch (CL10)

multifeeder pickup clutch (CL16)

deck pickup clutch (CL102)

re-pickup clutch (CL15)

Code

7

8

9

10

11

12

-

Name

cassette 1 pickup clutch (CL11)

cassette 2 pickup clutch (CL12/DCL12)

cassette 3 pickup clutch (CL13/DCL13)

not used

postcard feed clutch (CL18)

buffer path clutch (CL1)

-

Table 4-5

Codes and Clutches


4-112

Code

0

1

2

3

4

5

Name

electrical unit cooling fan (FM8)

IP cooling fan (FM7)

exhaust fan (FM2)

ozone suction fan (FM5)

toner suction fan (FM6)

laser scanner motor cooling fan (FM4)

Code

6

7

8

9

10

11

Name

not used

primary charging assembly fan (FM3)

delivery cooling fan (FM11)

original exposure cooling fan 1 (FM1)

not used

original exposure system cooling fan 2/3(FM14/15)

Table 4-6

Codes and Fans COPIER>FUNCTION

Code

0

1

2

3

Name

hopper motor (M10)

transfer drum cleaner brush motor (M8)

not used

duplexing motor (M14)

Code

4

5

6

7

Name

laser scanner motor (M3)

fixing motor (M5)

drum motor (M2)

main motor (M4)

Table 4-7

Codes and Motors

Code

0

1

2

3

4

Name

multifeeder pickup solenoid (SL14)

deck pickup solenoid (SL101)

duplexing paper feed roller solenoid(SL13)

pickup roller 1 solenoid (SL7)

pickup roller 2 solenoid (SL8/DLS8)

Code

5

6

7

8

9

Name


buffer path solenoid 1 (SL1)

buffer path solenoid 2 (SL2)

attraction roller solenoid (SL6)

separation claw solenoid (SL4)

Table 4-8

Codes and Solenoids

4-113


Codes and High-Voltage Outputs COPIER>FUNCTION

Code

0

1

2

3

Description

Absence of high-voltage output

drum motor ONpre-exposure lamp ONphotosensitive drum 1 rotationprimary output, grid output (500 V) ON(wait for stop command; equivalent ofphotosensitive drum 10 rotations)primary output, grid output OFFphotosensitive drum 1 rotationpre-exposure lamp OFFdrum motor OFF

drum motor ONpre-exposure lamp ONphotosensitive drum 1 rotationprimary output, grid output (500 V) ONM color developing assembly locked,developing bias (AC/DC) ON(wait for stop command; equivalent ofphotosensitive drum 10 rotations)M developing assembly unlocked, developingbias (AC/DC) OFFprimary output, grid output OFFphotosensitive drum 1 rotationpre-exposure lamp OFFdrum motor OFF

drum motor ONpre-exposure lamp ONphotosensitive drum 1 rotationprimary output, grid output (500 V) ONC developing assembly locked, developingbias (AC/DC) ON(wait for stop command; equivalent ofphotosensitive drum 10 rotations)C developing assembly unlocked; equivalentof 10 rotations)primary output, grid output OFFphotosensitive rum 1 rotationpre-exposure lap OFFdrum motor OFF

High-voltage output

---

primary output, grid output

primary output, grid output, M colordeveloping bias output

primary output, grid output, C developingbias output

Table 4-9a


4-114

COPIER>FUNCTION

Code

4

5

Description

drum motor ONpr-exposure lamp ONphotosensitive drum 1 rotationprimary output, grid output (500 V) ONY developing assembly locked, developingbias (AC/DC) ON(wait for stop command; equivalent ofphotosensitive drum 10 rotations)Y developing assembly unlocked, developingbias (AC/DC) OFFprimary output, grid output OFFphotosensitive drum 1 rotationpre-exposure lamp OFFdrum motor OFF

drum motor ONpre-exposure lamp ONphotosensitive drum 1 rotationprimary output, grid output (500 V) ONBk color developing assembly locked,developing bias (AC/DC) ON(wait for stop command; equivalent ofphotosensitive drum 10 rotations)Bk developing assembly unlocked,developing bias (AC/DC) OFFprimary output, grid output OFFphotosensitive drum 1 rotationpre-exposure lamp OFFdrum motor OFF

High-voltage output

primary output, grid output, Y developingassembly bias output

primary output, grid output, Bk colordeveloping bias output

Table 4-9b

4-115


CLEAR COPIER>FUNCTIONInitializes the RAM, and resets the jam/ error history.

Level 3

ERR

DC-CON

R-CON

MMI-COPY

SERVICE

JAM-HIST

ERR-HIST

E354-CLR

E355-CLR

Remarks

Be sure to turn off and thenon the power switch.Note: 'E020' is indicated only

when the detail code is'xxE0'.

Be sure to turn off and thenon the power switch.




Description

Use it to reset an error code (E000, E005, E008,E020, E717, E719).Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) Turn off and then on the power switch.

Use it to initialize the RAM of the DC-CPU on theCPU PCB.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to initialize the RAM of the R-CPU on theCPU PCB.1) Select the item (to highlight), and press OK key.2) Turn off and then on the power switch.

Use it to initialize the RAM of the PANEL-CPU onthe CPU PCB.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to reset the backup data of service mode.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


Use it to reset the jam history.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The jam history will be reset.

Use it to reset the error history.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The error history will be reset.

---

---


4-116

MISC-R COPIER>FUNCTIONChecks the operation of the reader unit.

Level 3

SCANLAMP

SC-MOVE

RESERVE 1to 4

RemarksDescription

Use it t check the activation of the scanning lamp.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The scanning lamp will remain on for several

seconds, and then will turn off automatically.

Use it to check the operation of the scanner.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The scanner moves to point A, and '1/4' is

indicated on the display.3) Each press on the OK key causes the scanner to

move as follows: HP → B → HP → C → HP.4) The operation ends when the scanner moves to 4

(HP) in response to a press on the OK key.1: HP → A → HP2: HP → B → HP1: HP → C4: HP

For R&D

MISC-PChecks the operation of the printer unit.

Level 3

DRUM-ROT

POWEROFF

RemarksDescription

Use it to rotate the photosensitive drum idly for aspecific period of time.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The photosensitive drum rotates idly for 30 sec,

and will stop automatically.

Use it to check the operation of the auto power-offmechanism.1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.• The power switch will turn off automatically.

4-117


COPIER>FUNCTION

Level 3

B-HP

B-ATT-TR

B-TR

B-CLN

RemarksDescription

Use it to rotate the attraction/transfer locking cammotor, thereby moving the cam to the home position(HP).Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The attraction/transfer locking cam will stop at

HP.

Use it to rotate the attraction/transfer locking cammotor, thereby moving the cam to the point ofattraction/transfer.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The cam will move to the point of attraction/

transfer, and will stop automatically.

Use it to rotate the attraction/transfer locking cammotor, thereby moving the cam to the point oftransfer.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The cam will move to the point of transfer, and

will stop automatically.

Use it to rotate the attraction/transfer locking cammotor, thereby moving the cam to the transfer drumcleaning position.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The cam will move to the transfer drum cleaning

position, and will stop automatically.

SENS-ADJChecks sensor-related operations.

Level 3

CLN-OFST

Remarks

Execute this mode if you haveremoved (e.g., for cleaning)or replaced the pre-cleaningsensor (PS72) or havereplaced the photosensitivedrum.

Description

Use it to execute temperature correction for the pre-cleaning paper sensor (PS72).Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The operation will stop automatically.• The screen (COPIER>ADJUST>SENS-ADJ) will

show the readings. Be sure to record them on theservice label.


4-118

Projector-Related Items PRJ>FUNCTION

Level 3

LAMP

CCD

Remarks

Note: Do not execute thismode while the copieris warming up.

Description

Use it to keep the lamp of the projector on for aspecific period of time.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK

key.2) The lamp of the projector will remain on for about

1 min, and will turn off automatically.

Use it to read CCD gain adjustment and data at timeof installing a projector.Using the Item1) Select the item (to highlight), and press the OK


4-119


F. OPTION (settings mode)

COPIER>OPTION Items

Level 1

OPTION

Level 2

BODY

USER

Level 3

CCD-DISP

MODEL-SZ

RCPR-MD

F-WEB

PASCAL

PSCL-MD

EC-GLASS

LPSTCL-ON

METAL

OHP-MODE

COPY-LIM

COUNTER1

COUNTER2

COUNTER3

COUNTER4

COUNTER5

COUNTER6

CONTROL

COLDOFSTMONO-SPD

Description

use it to switch data display on theDISPLAY>CCD screen (0: normal mode, 1:precious metal mode)use it to switch destination (0: AB (6R, 5E), 1:Inch (5R, 4E), 2: A (3R, 3E), 3: AB/Inch (6R, 5E)Use it to switch over the mode of reciprocatingoperation for the cleaning blade. (0: normal mode;1: reciprocation ON at all times; 2: reciprocationOFF at all times)use it to change the frequency of turning on thefixing cleaning belt (not used; default=0)use it to switch gradation correction data, contrastpotential obtained by auto gradation correction (0:disable, 1: enable)use it to smooth out the gradations on an imagefrom an external image controller (0: as before, 1:smooth out gradation (data) for auto gradationcorrection, 2: enable)use it to select the presence/absence of EC coatingon the copyboard glass (0: absent, 1: present, 2 :notused, 9: for future expansion)use it to switch the post-cleaning chargingmechanism (0: normal, 1: all environments)

use it to turn on/off precious metal mode (0: off, 1:on, default=0)use it to select the copy image maximum densitywhen copying on transparencies (0: Dmax=1.3, 1:Dmax=1.6, default=0)use it to change the upper limit on the copy count(1 to 100)use it to select a counter type (soft counter 1 on thecontrol panel of a 120/230-V model) to suit theuser or dealer (0: no counter; 1 through 95)use it to select a counter type (soft counter 2 on thecontrol panel of a 120/230-V model) to suit theuser or dealer (0: no counter; 1 through 95)use it to select a counter type (soft counter 3 on thecontrol panel of a 120/2300V model) to suit theuser or dealer (0: no counter; 1 through 95)use it to select a counter type (soft counter 4 on thecontrol panel of a 20/230-V model) to suit the useror dealer (0: no counter; 1 through 95)use it to select a counter type (soft counter 5 on thecontrol panel) to suit the user or dealer (0: nocounter; 1 through 95)use it to select a counter type (soft counter 6 on thecontrol panel) to suit the user or dealer (0: nocounter; 1 to 95)use it to enable copying, printing, and scanningwithout the control key, control card, or ID No. input.for R&Dfor R&D

Cont'd Cont'd


4-120

CST

ACC

INT-FACE

CLR-L-SP

PRJ-L-SP

BKL-L-SP

P-SZ-C1

P-SZ-C2

DK-P

COIN

REMOTE

B-CLR

P-PRT-MF

Use it to set placement of 2 sides in copier model (0:normal; 1: prohibit in full color; 2: prohibit in blackmono; 3: prohibit at all times)Use it to set placement of 2 sides when the projectoris in use (0: normal; 1: prohibit in full color; 2:prohibit in black mono; 3: prohibit at all times)Use it to set placement of 2 sides in back-light mode.(0: normal; 1: prohibit in full color; 2: prohibit inblack mono; 3: prohibit at all items)

use it to select a paper size for cassette (Table 13-708)use it to select a paper size for cassette 2 (forCLC1150, cassette 1; Table 13-708)

use it to select a paper size for the paper deck (0: A4,1: B5, 2: LTR)use it to turn on/off the coin vender notation

use it to make settings for connecting an externalcontroller (0 to 7; default: 2)use it to specify the presence/absence of a copy datacontroller (0: not connected, 1: connected)Use it to set priority on manual settings data (papersize, paper type, duplexing) when manual feed isselected with an external image controller in use (0:priority on local, 1: priority on controller; 2: priorityon controller; default=2)

4-121


PRJ>OPTION Items

Level 1

OPTION

Level 2 Level 3

BK-LIGHT

Description

not used

EDITOR>OPTION Items

Level 1

OPTION

Level 2 Level 3

ED-MODE

Description

use it to switch editor operation mode (0: prohibitinput, 1: 1-point input, 2: continuous input)


4-122

BODY COPIER>OPTION

Level 3

CCD-DISP

MODEL-SZ

RCPR-MD

F-WEB(not used)

PASCAL

PSCL-MD

EC-GLASS

PSTCL-ON

Remarks

0: normal mode1: precious metal mode

0: AB (6R, 5E)1: Inch (5R, 4E)2: A (3R, 3E)3: AB/Inch (6R, 5E)

0: normal1: reciprocation ON at alltimes2: reciprocation OFF at alltimes

default: 0

0: do not use1: use

0: as before1: smooth out gradation (data)for auto gradation correction2: smooth

0: coating provided1: coating not provided2: not used9: for future expansion

0: normal1: ON in all environments

Description

Use it to switch data display within theDISPLAY>CCD screen.

Use it to switch the destination.

Use it to switch cover the mode of reciprocatingoperation for the drum cleaning blade.

Use it to change the frequency of turning on thefixing cleaning belt.

Use it to switch the gradation correction data,contrast potential obtained by auto gradationcorrection

Use it to smooth out the gradation of an image froman external image controller.

Use it to specify the presence/absence of EC coatingon the copyboard glass.• After specifying, be sure to turn off and then on

the power switch.

Use it to switch the post-cleaning chargingmechanism.• Take advantage of the item if memory or cyan/

black dots appear on the edges of paper in a lowhumidity environment.

4-123


USER COPIER>OPTIONSelects user-related settings.

Level 3

METAL

OHP-MODE

COPY-LIM

COUNTER1COUNTER2COUNTER3COUNTER4

COUNTER5COUNTER6

CONTROL

Remarks

0: off1: ondefault: 0

0: Dmax=1.31: Dmax=1.6Default: 0

1 through 100

0: do not indicate1 to 95See Table 4-10.

0: do not indicate1 to 95See Table 4-10.

Settings of each digit: 0 to 4Standard for each digit: 0CONTROL xxx

1st digit2nd digit3rd digit

Description

Use it to turn on and off precious mode.

Use it to select the copy image maximum density orcopying on transparencies.

Use it to change the upper limit on the copy count.

Use it to select a counter type to suit the user ordealer (soft counter 1 through 4 on the control panelof a 120/230-V model).

Use it to select a counter type to suit the use or dealer(soft counter 5/6 on the control panel).

In the absence of a control key, control card, or IDNo. input, copying, remote printing, or remotescanning is permitted with conditions by changingthe last three digits of CONTROL.

• Disabling Control Key with Conditions

1st digit ofCONTROL

0

1

2

3

4

Black-and-white copying

NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

Remotescanning

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

Remoteprinting

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES

Note: See the Reference Table.

• Disabling Control Card with Conditions

2nd digit ofCONTROL

0

1

2

3

4


NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

Remotescanning

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

Remoteprinting

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES



4-124

Level 3

CONTROL

Remarks

* Copy data controller orremote diagnostic device.

Description

• Disabling ID Number Input with Conditions

3rd digit ofCONTROL

0

1

2

3

4


NO

NO

NO

YES

YES

Remotescanning

NO

YES

YES

YES

YES

Remoteprinting

NO

NO

YES

YES

YES


Reference Table

Counter type

Counter checkscreen counter

CC-V Card counter

CC-X Card counter

- Device* total

ID No. counter

Disablingcontrol

key withconditions

YES

YES

YES

YES

YES

DisablingID No.

input withconditions

YES

YES

YES

YES

NO

Disablingcontrol

card withconditions

YES

NO

NO

YES

YES

Yes: increment the count.No: do not increment the count.

Guide to the Reference TableThe counter on the Counter Check screen isincremented under all conditions; i.e., disablingcontrol key, control card, or ID No. input withconditions.1 For CC-V

In the case of '3' or '4' for black-and-white copyingwithout a card, the CC-V card counter will not beincremented.In the case of '2', '3', or '4' for remote printingwithout a card, the CC-V card counter will not beincremented.In the case of '2' or '4' for remote printing, the CC-V card counter will not be incremented regardlessof the presence/absence of a CC-V card.

4-125


Level 3

CONTROL

COLDOFST

MONO-SPD

CLR-L-SP

PRJ-L-SP

BKL-L-SP

Remarks

* copy data controller orremote diagnostic device.

0: normal1: prohibit in full color2: prohibit in black mono3: prohibit at all times(invalid in printer mode)

Description

2 For device*The device* total counter is incremented under allconditions; i.e., disabling control key, controlcard, or ID No. input with conditions.In the case of '3' or '4' for black-and-white copyingwithout a card, the copy data controller cardcounter will not be incremented.In the case of '2', '3', or '4' for remote printingwithout a card, the copy data controller cardcounter will not be incremented.In the case of '2' or '4' for remote printing, thecopy data controller card counter will beincremented regardless of the presence/absence ofa copy data controller card.

3 With ID No. Registration in UseFor '3' or '4' for black-and-white copying withoutan ID No. input, the counter for the group inquestion for the ID. No. will not be incremented.For '2', '3', or '4' for remote printing without an IDNo. input, the counter for the group in question forthe ID No. will not be incremented.For '2' or '4' for remote printing, the counter forthe group in question for the ID No. will not beincremented regardless of the presence/absence ofan ID No. or password input.

Example• When CONTROL is set to '002',

In the absence of a control key, remote printingand remote scanning are possible.In the absence of a control card, no job is possible.In the absence of an ID No. input, no job ispossible.

• When CONTROL is set to '421',In the absence of a control key, only remotescanning is possible.In the absence of a control card, remote printingand remote scanning are possible.In the absence of an ID No. input, black-and-whitecopying, remote printing, are remote scanning arepossible.

for R&D

for R&D

Use it to set placement of 2 sides in copier mode.

Use it to set placement of 2 sides when the projectoris in use.

Use it to set placement of 2 sides in back-light modewith the projector in use.


4-126

CST COPIER>OPTIONSelects cassette-related settings.

Level 3

P-SZ-C1

P-SZ-C2

Remarks

See Table 4-11.

Description

Use it to select a paper size for cassette 1.

Use it to select a paper size for cassette 2 (forCLC1150, cassette 1).

ACCSelects accessory-related settings.

Level 3

COIN

DK-P

Remarks

0: A41: B52: LTR

Description

Use it to turn on/off the coin vendor notation.

Use it to select a paper size for the paper deck.

INT-FACESelects interface-related settings.

Level 3

REMOTE

B-CLR

P-PRT-MF

Remarks

default: 2Controller Parameters• original type (photo, auto,

text)• sharpness• color balanceCopier Parameters• density• background level

adjustment• hue, saturation, etc.

0: not connected (detached)1: connected

Controller Parameters• paper size• paper type• duplexing

Description

Use it to make settings when an external controller isconnected.0: local; priority on the settings selected on the

copier.1: remote 1; uses parameters selected on the

controller, with the remaining settings from thecopier

2: remote 2; uses parameters selected on thecontroller, with the remaining settings from thefactory defaults of the copier

Note:If you selected '0' for this item, be sure to set allcolor balance settings under 'print color' of usermode (adjust/cleaning) to '+5'.

Use it to specify the presence/absence of a copy datacontroller.

Use it to select priority on settings data for manualpickup with an external image controller in use (localor controller).0: local; priority on the settings of the copier1: remote 1; uses parameters selected on the

controller, with the remaining settings from thecopier

2: remote 2; uses parameters selected on thecontroller, with the remaining settings from thefactory defaults of the copier

4-127


No.

0

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

Soft Counter Specifications

Counter

no indication

total 1

total 2

total (full color 1)

total (full color 2)

total (mono color)

total (black-and-white1)

total (black-and-white2)

total (large)

total (small)

copy 1

copy 2

copy (full color 1)

copy (full color 2)

copy (mono color 1)

copy (mono color 2)

copy (black-and-white 1)

copy (black-and-white 2)

copy (full color, large)

copy (full color, small)

copy (mono color, large)

copy (mono color, small)

copy (black-and-white, large)

copy (black-and-white, small)

copy (full color, large, double-sided)

copy (mono color, small, double-sided)

copy (mono color, large, double-sided)

copy (mono color, small, double-sided)

copy (black-and-white, large,double-sided)

copy (black-and-white, small,double-sided)

Function

-

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

C

Color

-

All

All

4C

4C

Mono

Bk

Bk

All

All

All

All

4C

4C

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

4C

4C

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

4C

4C

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

Paper size

-

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

L

S

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

Count fordouble-

sided sheet

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

¡

¡

¡

¡

¡

¡

Incrementfor large-size sheet

-

1

2

1

2

1

1

2

1

-

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

Table 4-10a


4-128

No.

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

Counter

print 1

print 2

print (full color 1)

print (full color 2)

print (mono color 1)

print (mono color 2)

print (black-and-white 1)

print (black-and-white 2)

Function

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

Color

All

All

4C

4C

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

Paper size

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

M

Count fordouble-

sided sheet

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-


1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

Table 4-10a

4-129


Table 4-10b

No.

38

39

40

41

42

43

44

45

46

47

48

49

54

55

56

57

58

59

60

61

62

63

64

65

66

67

68

69

Counter

print (full color, large)

point (full color, small)

print (mono color, large)

print (mono color, small)

print (black-and-white, large)

print (black-and-white, small)

print (full color, large, double-sided)

print (full color, small, double-sided)

print (mono color, large, double-sided)

print (mono color, small, double-sided)

print (black-and-white, large,double-sided)

print (black-and-white, small,double-sided)

copy scan (full color, large)

copy scan (full color, small)

copy scan (black-and-white, large)

copy scan (black-and-white, small)

copy + print (full color, large)

copy + print (full color, small)

copy + print (black-and-white,large)

copy + print (black-and-white,small)

copy + print (black-and-white 2)

copy + print (black-and-white 1)

copy + print (full color + monocolor, large)

copy + print (full color + monocolor, small)

copy + print (full color + monocolor , 2)

copy + print (full color + monocolor, 1)

copy (full color + mono color,large)

copy (full color + mono color,small)

Function

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

P

S

S

S

S

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C

C

Color

4C

4C

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

4C

4C

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

4C

4C

Bk

Bk

4C

4C

Bk

Bk

Bk

Bk

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

Paper size

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

M

M

L

S

M

M

L

S

Count fordouble-

sided sheet

-

-

-

-

-

-

¡

¡

¡

¡

¡

¡

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-


1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

2

1

1

-

2

1

1

-


4-130

No.

70

71

72

73

74

75

76

77

78

79

Counter

copy (full color + mono color, 2)

copy (full color + mono color, 1)

print (full color + mono color,large)

print (full color + mono color,small)

print (full color + mono color, 2)

print (full color + mono color, 1)

copy + print (large)

copy + print (small)

copy + print (2)

cop + ring (1)

Function

C

C

P

P

P

P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

Color

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

4C+Mono

All

All

All

All

Paper size

M

M

L

S

M

M

L

S

M

M

Count fordouble-

sided sheet

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-


2

1

1

-

2

1

1

-

2

1

Table 4-10b

4-131


No.

80

81

82

83

84

85

86

87

88

89

90

91

92

93

94

95

Counter

copy (large)

copy (small)

print (large)

print (small-size)

total (mono-color, large)

total (mono-color, small)

total (black-and-white, large)

total (black-and-white, small)

copy scan (full-color)

copy scan (black-and-white)

copy scan (large)

copy scan (small)

copy scan (total)

copy scan (large-size; 4)

copy scan (small-size; 4)

copy scan (total; 4)

Function

C

C

P

P

C+P

C+P

C+P

C+P

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

S

Color

All

All

All

All

Mono

Mono

Bk

Bk

4C

Bk

All

All

All

All

All

All

Paper size

L

S

L

S

L

S

L

S

M

M

L

S

M

L

S

M

Count fordouble-

sided sheet

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-


1

-

1

-

1

-

1

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

-

Table 4-10c

Guide to the table• Function

C: copy, P: print, S: scan• Color

4C: 4-color fullMONO: yellow, magenta, cyanBk: blackALL: 4C, MONO, and Bk

• Paper SizeL: large-size (larger than B4)S: small-size (B4 and smaller)M: both large and small

• Count at Duplexing¡: incremented by 1-: same as normal copying

• Count Increment for Large-Size Paper1: incremented by 12: incremented by 2


4-132

Codes and Cassette Paper Sizes

Table 4-11

Code

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

17

18

19

20

Code

21

22

23

24

25

26

27

28

29

30

31

32

33

34

35

36

37

38

39

40

Notation

A1

A2

A3R

A3

A4R

A4

A5

A5R

B1

B2

B3

B4R

B4

B5R

B5

11x17

LTRR

LTR

STMT

STMTR

Notation

LGL

K-LGL

K-LGLR

FLSC

A-FLS

OFI

E-OFI

B-OFI

A-LTR

A-LTRR

G-LTR

G-LTRR

A-LGL

G-LGL

FGLI

FOLI

A-OFI

ALL

Paper

A1

A2

A3R

A3

A4R

A4

A5

A5R

B1

B2

B3

B4R

B4

B5R

B5

11x17

Letter-R

Letter

Statement

Statement-R

Paper

Legal

Korean Government

Korean Government R

Foolscap

Australian

Foolscap

Oficio

Ecuadorian Officio

Bolivian Officio

Argentine Letter

Argentine Letter-R

Government Letter

Government Letter-R

Argentine Legal

Government Legal

Folio

Argentine Officio

4-133


Projector-Related Items PRJ>OPTION

Level 3

BK-LIGHT(not used)

Remarks

0: do not indicate1: indicatedefault: 0

Description

Use it to enable or disable indication of a mode onthe User screen when copying positive film with aprotective sheet using back light BOX.

Editor-Related Items EDITOR>OPTION

Level 3

ED-MODE

Remarks

0: prohibit input1: 1-point input2: continuous input

Description

Use it to switch editor operation mode.


4-134

G. PG (test print)

COPIER>TEST Items

Level 1

TEST

Level 2

PG

Level 3

TYPE

TXPH

THRU

DENS-Y

DENS-M

DENS-C

DENS-K

COLOR-Y

COLOR-M

COLOR-C

COLOR-K

Description

use it to enter the type number of a test print, andpress the Copy Start key to start printing (00:normal copying)use it to switch the number of lines for test printing(0: 200 lines, 1: 400 lines, 2: 800 lines)use it to switch LUT for test printing (0: LUTpresent, 1: LUT absent)use it to adjust the Y density for TYPE=05 duringtest printing (0 to 255; a higher setting darkens theimage)use it to adjust the M density for TYPE=05 duringtest printing (0 to 255; a higher setting darkens theimage)use it to adjust the C density for TYPE=05 duringtest printing (0 to 255; a higher setting darkens theimage)use it to adjust the Bk density for TYPE=05 duringtest printing (0 to 255; a higher setting darkens theimage)use it to set the Y output for each TYPE (0: nooutput, 1: output)use it to set the M output for each TYPE (0: nooutput, 1: output)use it to set the C output for each TYPE (0: nooutput, 1: output)use it to set the Bk output for each TYPE (0: nooutput, 1: output)

4-135


PG COPIER>TESTGenerates test prints.

Level 3

TYPE

TXPH

THRU

DENS-YDENS-MDENS-CDENS-K

COLOR-YCOLOR-MCOLOR-CCOLOR-K

Remarks

00: normal copyingSee Table 4-12.Be sure to set it back to '00' atthe end of test printing.

0: 200 lines1: 400 lines2: 800 lines

0: LUT present1: LUT absent

0 to 255

0: do not generate1: generate

You can generate no morethan one color.

Description

Use it to enter the type No. of a test print, and pressthe Copy Start key to start printing.

Use it to switch the number of lines used for testprinting.

Use it to switch LUT used for test printing.

Use it to set the output (each color) for each TYPE.• For example, to generate on M mono test print, set

COLOR-M to '1', and others to '0'.

Input Numbers and Test Prints

InputNo.

00

01

02

03

04

05

06

07

08

09

Description

image from CCD (normal copying)

for R&D

256 colors

256 gradations

16 gradations (17 gradations)

100% halftone

grid

for R&D

for R&D

for R&D

Table 4-12

InputNo.

10

11

12

13

14

15

16

-

Description

MCYK horizontal stripes (laser FFactivation)

for R&D

MCYK 64 gradations

BGR64 gradations

full color 16 gradations (17 gradations)

full color light area 16 gradations (17gradations)

MCYK horizontal stripes (laser A0activation)

-


4-136

H. COUNTER (counter mode)

• You can check the number of times each mechanism has operated.

Resetting a Counter Reading1) Select an item to highlight.2) Press the Clear key on the control panel.

The counter will be reset to '00000000'.• Here, the notations "large-size" and "small-size" are used as follows:

large size covers B4 or larger sheetssmall size covers sheets smaller than B4.

4-137


COPIER>COUNTER Items

Level 1

COUNTER

Level 2

TOTAL

Level 3

SERVICE1SERVICE2TTLL-TTL

S-TTL

C-L-TTL

C-S-TTL

K-L-TTL

K-S-TTL

COPYL-COPYS-COPYC-L-COPYC-S-COPYK-L-COPYK-S-COPYPRINTL-PRINTS-PRINTC-L-PRINTC-S-PRINTK-L-PRINTK-S-PRINT4C-TTLY-COPYM-COPYC-COPYK-COPYPRJ

Description

total counter 1 for servicetotal counter 2 for servicetotal counter (copy + printer + synthesis)large-size copy total counter (copy+ printer +synthesis)small-size copy total counter (copy + printer +image synthesis)color large-size copy total counter (copy + print +synthesis)color small-size copy total counter (cop + print +synthesis)black large-size copy total counter (copy + print +synthesis)black small-size copy total counter (copy + print +synthesis)total copy counterlarge-size copy total countersmall-size copy total countercolor large-size copy total countercolor small-size coy total counterblack large-size copy total counterblack small-size copy total countertotal print counterlarge-size print total countersmall-size print total countercolor large-size print total countercolor small-size print total counterblack large-size print total counterblack small-size print total counterfull color (4 colors) copy total counterY mono copy counterM mono copy counterC mono copy counterBk mono copy counterprojector copy counter

Cont'd


4-138

SCANNER

PICK-UP

COLOR

FEEDER

JAM

MISC

SC-TTLSC-COPYSC-PRINT

C1L-C1S-C1C2L-C2S-C2C3L-C3S-C3MFL-MFS-MFDK2-SIDEL-2-SIDES-2-SIDE

Y-DEV

M-DEV

C-DEV

K-DEV

FEEDL-FEEDS-FEED

TOTALPRINTFEEDERSORTER

TOTALPWEFIX-WEB

PRI-CLN

P-ROLLER

STR-STPL

scanner total scan counterscan counter during copyingscan counter during printing

cassette 1 copy total countercassette 1 large size copy total countercassette 1 small-size copy total countercassette 2 copy total countercassette 2 large-size copy total countercassette 2 small-size copy total countercassette 3 copy total countercassette 3 large-size copy total countercassette 3 small-size copy total countmultifeeder copy total countermultifeeder large-size cop total countermultifeeder small-size copy total counterpaper deck coy total counter2nd side pickup total counterlarge-size 2nd side pickup total counter2nd side small-size pickup total counter

number of locking operations (Y developingassembly)number of locking operations (M developingassembly)number of locking operations (C developingassembly)number of locking operations (Bk developingassembly)

feeder copy total countfeeder large-size copy total counterfeeder small-size copy total counter

copier copy jam total countercopier print jam total counterfeeder print jam total countersorter print jam total counter

length of power supply timecounter for fixing cleaning belt (initially, '2,000'; thecount is decreased by '1' each time the cleaning beltsolenoid turns on after the warning for the belt hasbeen issued)primary charge wire auto cleaning counter (initially,2000; -4 per full color copy, -1 per mono color copy)polishing roller cleaning counter (initially, 1000; -1per copy)stapling counter for the stapler sorter

Cont'd

4-139


PERIODEC

DURABLE

OZ-FIL2OZ-FIL5OZ-FIL6AR-FIL1AR-FIL3AR-FIL14AR-FIL15TN-FIL5TN-FIL6

CLN-BLDCL-SUPSBS-SL-FBS-SL-RCL-SUPS2SCN-LMPPRM-GRIDPR-CLN-U

PR-CLN-L

M-PU-RL

M-FD-RL

M-SP-RL

ATT-SCRP

WST-TNRCL-SFL-F

CL-SFL-R

FX-WEB-U

FX-WEB-L

PRM-WIRE

TR-WIRE

SP-WIRE

ITL-WIRE

EXL-WIRE

CL-WRE

CLN-BLD2ATT-BRUTR-BRUTRD-CLNK-ROLL

ozone filter fan (FM2) drive period (in sec)ozone filter fan (FM5) drive period (in sec)ozone filter fan (FM6) drive period (in sec)air filter fan (FM1) drive period (in sec)air filter fan (FM3) drive period (in sec)air filter fan (FM4) drive period (in sec)air filter fan (FM15) drive period (in sec)toner filter fan FM5) drive period (in sec)toner filter fan (FM6) drive period (in sec)

cleaning blade use period (in sec)cleaner scoop-up sheet use period (in sec)side seal front use period (in sec)side seal rear use period (in sec)No. 2 scoop-up sheet use period (in sec)scanning lamp activation period (in sec)grid plate high voltage activation period (in sec)primary charging wire cleaning pad (upper)execution (number of operations)primary charging wire cleaning pad (lower)execution (number of operations)manual feed pickup roller paper passage (number ofsheets)manual feed feed roller paper passage (number ofsheet)manual feed separation roller paper passage (numberof sheets)attraction roller scraper paper passage (number ofsheets)waste toner case paper passage (number of sheets)drum cleaner end felt (front) paper passage (numberof sheets)drum cleaner end felt (rear) paper passage (numberof sheets)fixing cleaning belt (upper) take-up (number ofoperations)fixing cleaning belt (lower) take-up (number ofoperations)primary charging wire high voltage activation period(in sec)transfer charging wire high voltage activation period(in sec)separation charging wire high voltage activationperiod (in sec)internal static eliminator charging wire high voltageactivation period (in sec)external static eliminator charging wire high voltageactivation period (in sec)post-cleaning charging wire high voltage activationperiod (in sec)No. 2 cleaning blade use period (in sec)attraction brush unit use period (in sec)transfer blade unit use period (in sec)transfer drum cleaner use period (in sec)polishing roller use period (in sec)

Cont'd


4-140

TR-SHEETSP-PU-RL

FX-UP-RLFX-LW-RLOIL-APFDP-PU-RL

DP-FD-RL

DP-SP-RL

D-PFRL-F

D-PFRL-R

OIL-APBLFHTR-UFHTR-LPRE-LMPPRM-UNIT

SP-UNIT

INT-UNIT

EXT-UNIT

CLR-UNIT

C1-PU-RL

C2-PU-RL

C3-PU-RL

C1-SP-RL

C2-SP-RL

C3-SP-RL

C1-FD-RL

C2-FD-RL

C3-FD-RL

DV-UNT-YDV-UNT-MDV-UNT-CDV-UNT-KPD-PU-RL

PD-FD-RL

transfer drum sheet paper passage (number of sheets)separation push-up roll paper passage (number ofsheets)fixing upper roller paper passage (number of sheets)fixing lower roller paper passage (number of sheets)oil applying felt use period (in sec)duplexing pickup roller paper passage (number ofsheets)duplexing feed roller paper passage (number ofsheets)duplexing separation roller paper passage (number ofsheets)duplexing paper feed roller (front) paper passage(number of sheets)duplexing paper feed roller (rear) paper passage(number of sheets)oil applying blade use period (in sec)fixing heater (upper) drive period (in sec)fixing heater (lower) drive period (in sec)pre-exposure lamp activation period (in sec)primary charging assembly high voltage activationperiod (in sec)separation charging assembly high voltage activationperiod (in sec)internal static eliminator high voltage activationperiod (in sec)external static eliminator high voltage activationperiod (in sec)post-cleaning charging assembly high voltage period(in sec)cassette 1 pickup roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 2 pickup roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 3 pickup roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 1 separation roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 2 separation roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 3 separation roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 1 feed roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 2 feed roller paper passage (number ofsheets)cassette 3 feed roller paper passage (number ofsheets)Y developing assembly rotation period (in sec)M developing assembly rotation period (in sec)C developing assembly rotation period (in sec)Bk developing assembly rotation period (in sec)paper deck pickup roller paper passage (number ofsheets)paper deck feed roller paper passage (number ofsheets)

Cont'd

4-141


PD-SP-RL

FX-IN-BS

paper deck separation roller paper passage (numberof sheets)fixing insulating bush paper passage (number ofsheets)

5-1



A. Copier

The R-CPU and the DC-CPU of the copier's CPU PCB are equipped with a self diagnosticmechanism to check the state of the machine (particularly, the condition of sensors). Themechanism runs checks as needed, and indicates a code on the control panel when it finds a fault.

The tables that follow show codes and timing of detection, the latter with discussions of detailcodes indicated in service mode (COPIER>DISPLAY>JAM/ERR).

Code Cause

The discussions that follow arecompiled according to detail code.

• The fixing thermistor is faulty.• The SSR is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The fixing thermistor is faulty.• The fixing heater (H1, H2) has an

open circuit.• The thermal switch (TP2, TP3) has

an open circuit.• The SSR is faulty.

Timing of detection

xx indicates a heater.xx=01: upper heaterxx=02: lower heater

xx01 The high temperaturedetection circuit on the DCdriver PCB has detectedoverheating (220°C or more)in the middle of the heater.

xx02 The thermistor (THM1/THM3) has detected 210°C.

xx04 The high temperaturedetection circuit on the DCdriver PCB has detectedoverheating on the ends of theheater (220°C or more).

xx05 The open-circuit detectioncircuit of the DC driver PCBhas determined that thedifference in temperature (asdetected by thermistors)between the middle and theend is 50°C or more.

xx21 The temperature does notincrease by 3°C or more in 4min at power-on (i.e., thetemperature of the fixingassembly is 100°C or less).

xx32 At power-on (i.e., thetemperature of the fixingassembly is 100°C or moreor 130°C or more), thetemperature does not increaseby 1°C or more in 2 min.

xx40 A temperature of 50°C orless has been detected for 1sec or more during standby.

xx50 A temperature of 50°C orless has been detected for 1sec or more during copying.

E000

5


5-2

Code

(Note 3)

(Note 2)

Cause

• The SSR1 has a short circuit.• The CPU PCB is faulty.• DC driver PCB is faulty.

• The cleaning belt inside the fixingassembly has been taken up for aspecific length.

• The fixing cleaning belt lengthsensor (PS11/PS67) is faulty.

• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The drawer connector of the fixingunit is faulty.


• The fixing oil pump driver PCB isfaulty.


• The main motor (M4) is faulty.• The main motor drive system is

subjected to an overload.• The main motor driver PCB is

faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The drum motor (M2) is faulty.• The drum motor drive system is

subjected to an overload.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The waste toner feedscrew lockdetecting switch (SW7) is faulty.

• The waste toner feedscrew isfaulty.


Timing of detection

xx indicates a heater.xx=01: upper heaterxx=02: lower heater

xx03 The gate array of the DCdriver PCB has determinedthat SSR1 (for the fixingheater) is on for about 1.6 secor more even after the DC-CPU turned it off.

0100 As many as 2,000 copies havebeen made after the fixingupper cleaning belt lengthsensor detected the sensorlever and indicated a warningon the control panel.

0200 As many as 2,000 copies havebeen made after the fixinglower cleaning belt lengthsensor detected the sensorlever and indicated a warningon the control panel.

0000 During copying operation, theconnecton signal (CNCT*) forthe fixing assembly drawerconnector goes '1'.

0000 The fixing oil pump driverPCB does not generate thedrive signal even when thefixing oil pump drive signalhas been turned on.

0001 The fixing oil pump driver PCBgenerate the drive signal evenwhen the fixing oil pump drivesignal has been turned off.

The main motor ready signal(MNMRDY) is '0' for 1 sec or morewhile the main motor is rotating.

0001 Not used.

0002 The drum motor ready signal(DRMRDY) is '0' for 1 sec (4sec during deceleration) whilethe drum motor is rotating.

The waste toner feedscrew cannotrotate, and the waste toner feedscrewlock detecting switch has beenpressed.

E004

E005

E006

E010

E012

E013

E008

5-3


Code Cause

• The fixing motor (M5) is faulty.• The fixing motor drive system is

subjected to an overload.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The cleaning blade reciprocatingmotor (M7) is faulty.


• The duplexing motor (M14) isfaulty.


The discussions that follow arecompiled according to detail code.

• The toner concentration sensor isfaulty.

• The developer inside thedeveloping assembly is not stirredproperly.

• The sensor is subjected to straylight (no cover, front cover open).

• The photosensitive drum hasdeteriorated.

Timing of detection

0000 The motor lock signal(FXMLK) is '0' for 1 sec ormore while the fixing motor isrotating.

The cleaning blade reciprocatingmotor driver circuit on the DC driverPCB has detected an overcurrent for0.1 sec or more.

The duplexing motor clock signal(DUPMLK) is '0' for 1 sec or morewhile the duplexing motor isrotating.

Toner Concentration Faultxx indicates the color of a developingassembly.xx=00: MCYBk in commonxx=01: Mxx=02; Cxx=03: Yxx=04: Bk

The notations used herein means thefollowing:SGNL: toner concentration signalREF: concentration signalDENS: developer concentrationinside developing assemblySIGG: gain value for concentrationreference signalPT-REF: concentration referencesignal for photosensitive drumsurfacePT-STG-D: reflection light intensitysignal for photosensitive drumsurface

xx00 The connector is disconnectedor there is an open circuit; theREF or SGNL level is '50' orless

xx12 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), thevariation of SGNL-M/C/Ylevels for ten concentrationdata samplings is '70' or more.

E016

E017

E020

E014


5-4

Code Cause

• The toner concentration sensor isfaulty.

• The developer inside thedeveloping assembly is not stirredproperly.

• The sensor is subjected to straylight (no cover, front cover open).


Timing of detection

xx13 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), thevariation of REF-M/C/Ylevels for ten concentrationdata samplings is '70' or more.

xx16 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), thevariation of PT-SIG-M/C/Ylevels for 16 concentrationdata samplings is '102' ormore.

xx17 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), thevariation of PT-REF-M/C/Ylevels for 16 concentrationdata samplings is '70' or more.

xx20 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), theresult of averaging samplingsof SGNL-M/C/Y levels is'777' or less.

xx21 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), theresult of averaging samplingsof REF-M/C/Y levels is '200'or less.

xx23 At time of setting initial data(as during installation), theresult of averaging samplingsof PT-REF-M/C/Y levels is'777' or less.

E020

5-5


Code Cause

• The toner concentration sensor is faulty/soiled.

• The developer inside the developingassembly is not stirred properly.

• The sensor is subjected to stray light(no cover, front cover open).


• The toner concentration sensor is faulty.• The developer inside the developing

assembly is not stirred properly.• The sensor is subjected to stray light

(no cover, front cover open).• The photosensitive drum has

deteriorated.• The window of the toner concentration

sensor is soiled or scratched, or theprotective sheet is soiled.

• The photosensitive drum is soiled (e.g.,cleaning fault).

Timing of detection

xx24 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), the result ofaveraging five retrysamplings of PT-SIG-M/C/Y levels is '683' or lessor that of PT-SIG-Klevels is '305' or less.

xx30 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), the result ofaveraging samplings ofSGNL-M/C/Y levels is'859' or more.

xx31 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), the result ofaveraging samplings ofREF-M/C/Y levels is'930' or more.

xx32 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), the result ofaveraging the firstsampling of PT-SIG-M/C/Y levels is '930' ormore or that of PT-SIG-K levels is '550' or more.

xx33 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), the result ofaveraging samplings ofPT-REF-M/C/Y levels is'859' or more.

xx34 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), the result ofaveraging five retrysamplings of PT-SIG-M/C/Y levels is '749' ormore or that of PT-SIG-K levels is '371' or more.

E020


5-6

Code Cause

• The toner concentration sensor is faulty.• The developer inside the developing

assembly is not stirred properly.• The sensor is subjected to stray light (no

cover, front cover open).• The photosensitive drum has

deteriorated.• The window of the toner concentration

sensor is soiled or scratched, or theprotective sheet is soiled.

• The photosensitive drum is soiled (e.g.,cleaning fault).

The backup data on the CPU PCB isfaulty* or the initial settings have notbeen made.*Be sure to initialize the RAM of the DC-CPU and enter the values recorded on theservice label.

Timing of detection

xx40 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), gain settingcannot be performed (thelevel of SIGG-M/C/Y is'E0' or more or '20H' orless).

0441 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation), gain settingcannot be performed (thelevel of RGAIN-K is 'E0'or more or '20H' or less).

xx42 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation, gain settingcannot be performed (thelevel of SIGG-P-M/C/Y/K is '250' or more or '40'or less).

xx43 At time of setting initialdata (as duringinstallation, gain settingcannot be performed (thelevel of RGAN-P-M/C/Y/K is '250' or more or'40' or less).

xx50 During copyingsequence, gain settingcannot be performedbecause of an error in thememory backup data (thelevel of SIGG-M/C/Y is'E0' or more or '20H' orless).

0451 During copyingsequence, gain settingcannot be performedbecause of an error in thememory backup data (thelevel of RGAIN-K is 'E0'or more or '20H' or less).

xx52 During copyingsequence, gain settingcannot be performedbecause of an error in thememory backup data (thelevel of SIGG-P-M/C/Y/K is '250' or more or '40'or less).

E020

5-7


Code Cause

The backup data on the CPU PCB isfaulty* or the initial settings havenot been made.*Be sure to initialize the RAM ofthe DC-CPU and enter the valuesrecorded on the service label.

E020Timing of detection

xx53 During copying sequence,gain setting cannot beperformed because of an errorin the memory backup data(the level of RGAN-P-M/C/Y/K is '250' or more or '40' orless).

xx60 During copying sequence, thelevel of SGNL-M/C/Y setinitially is '777' or lessbecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx61 During copying sequence, thelevel of REF-M/C/Y setinitially is '200' or lessbecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx62 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-REF-M/C/Y setinitially is '777' or lessbecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx63 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-SIG-M/C/Y is'683' or less or that of PT-SIG-K is '305' or less because of anerror in the memory backupdata.

xx64 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-REF-D is '400' orless because of an error in thememory backup data.

xx65 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-SIG-D is '400' orless because of an error in thememory backup data.

xx66 During copying sequence, thelevel of D-M-TRGT/D-C-TRGT/D-Y-TRGT (developertarget value) is '700' or lessbecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx70 During copying sequence, thelevel of SGNL-M/C/Y setinitially is '859' or morebecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx71 During copying sequence, thelevel of REF-M/C/Y setinitially is '930' or morebecause of an error in thememory backup data.


5-8

Code Timing of detection

xx72 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-REF-M/C/Y/K setinitially is '859' or morebecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx73 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-SIG-M/C/Y setinitially is '749' or more orthat of PT-SIG-K is '371' ormore because of an error inthe memory backup data.

xx74 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-REF-D setinitially is '1000' or morebecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx75 During copying sequence, thelevel of PT-SIG-D set initiallyis '1000' or more because ofan error in the memorybackup data.

xx76 During copying sequence, thelevel of D-M-TRGT/D-C-TRGT/D-Y-TRGT (developertarget value) is '930' or morebecause of an error in thememory backup data.

xx80 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of WINDOW-M/C/Y/K(window soiling correctioncoefficient) is '130%' or more.

xx81 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of WINDOW-M/C/Y/K(window soiling correctioncoefficient) is '70' or less.

xxA0 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of SGNL-M/C/Y is '306'or less.

xxA1 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of REF-M/C/Y setinitially decreases (intensity)by 30% or more.

xxA2 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of PT-SIG-K is '51' orless.

E020Cause

The backup data on the CPU PCB isfaulty* or the initial settings havenot been made.*Be sure to initialize the RAM ofthe DC-CPU and enter the valuesrecorded on the service label.

The developer has deteriorated.• The developing cylinder fails to

rotate.• The developing assembly is not

locked.• The toner concentration (patch

detection) sensor is faulty.• The developer inside the

developing assembly is faulty.• The toner level sensor is faulty.• The concentration sensor is

subjected to stray light (no cover,front cover open).


5-9


Code Cause

E020Cause

The developer has deteriorated.• The developing cylinder fails to

rotate.• The developing assembly is not

locked.• The toner concentration (patch

detection) sensor is faulty.• The developer inside the

developing assembly is faulty.• The toner level sensor is faulty.• The concentration sensor is

subjected to stray light (no cover,front cover open).


• The developer has deteriorated.• The developing cylinder fails to rotate.• The developer is not locked.• The toner concentration sensor is

faulty.• The developer inside the

developing assembly is not stirredproperly.

• The toner level sensor is faulty.• The sensor is subjected to stray

light (no cover, front cover open).• The photosensitive drum has

deteriorated, or the toner levelsensor is faulty.

• The hopper motor is faulty.• The hopper motor has an open

circuit.

Timing of detection

xxB0 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of SGNL-M/C/Y is'1020' or more (when feeding10 sheets or morecontinuously).

xxB1 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of REF-M/C/Y setinitially increases (intensity)by '30%' or more.

xxB2 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of PT-SIG-M/C/Y is'1020' or more and that of PT-SIG-K is '550' or more.

xxC0 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of DENS-M/C/Y/K is'+3%' (when feeding 20 sheetscontinuously).

xxD0 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of DENS-M/C/Y/K is'+3%' (when feeding 20 sheetsor more continuously).

xxE0 When samplings are takenduring copying sequence, thelevel of DENS-M/C/Y/K hasexceeded '-5%'.

00FF After the hopper motor hasturned on, the hopper motorlock signal (HOPMLK) is '0'for 0.1 sec or more.

xxFF After the hopper motor hasturned on, the hopper motorlock signal (HOPMLK) is '0'for 0.1 sec or more (the tonersupply clutch is on).


5-10

Code Cause

• The developing locking motor(PM1, PM2, PM3, PM4) is faulty.

• The developing assembly HPsensor (PS49, PS51, PS53, PS55)is faulty.

• The developing locking driverPCB is faulty.


• The jumper connector of J1050 onthe DC driver PCB isdisconnected.

• The DC driver PCB is faulty.

• The lifter motor drive system issubjected to an overload.

• The lifter motor (M11, M12/DM12, M13/DM13, M15) isfaulty.

• The CPU PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

0100 When the power switch is on,the M developing assemblyHP sensor is '0'.

0200 When the power switch is on,the C developing assemblyHP sensor is '0'.

0300 When the power switch is on,the Y developing assemblyHP sensor is '0'.

0400 When the power switch is on,the Bk developing assemblyHP sensor is '0'.

0101 When the developingassembly is locked, the Mdeveloping assembly HPsensor is '1'.

0201 When the developingassembly is locked, the Cdeveloping assembly HPsensor is '1'.

0301 When the developingassembly is locked, the Ydeveloping assembly HPsensor is '1'.

0401 When the developingassembly is locked, the Bkdeveloping assembly HPsensor is '1'.

A short circuit is detected in thecounter switching signal.

0001 When the cassette 1 liftermotor is on, an overcurrent isdetected in the motor.

0002 When the cassette 2 (forCLC1150, cassette 1) liftermotor is on, an overcurrent isdetected in the motor.

0003 When the cassette 3 (forCLC1150, cassette 2) liftermotor is on, an overcurrent isdetected in the motor.

0004 When the multifeeder liftermotor is on (lifter is movingup), an overcurrent is detectedin the motor.

0005 When the multifeeder liftermotor is on (lifter is movingdown), an overcurrent isdetected in the motor.

E021

E030

E040

5-11


Code Cause

• The deck lifter motor (M101) isfaulty.

• The deck lifter position sensor(PS104) is faulty.

• The deck lifter cable is broken.• The deck driver PCB is faulty.

• The duplexing paper jogging guidemotor (PM14) is faulty.

• The duplexing paper jogging guideHP sensor (PS40) is faulty.

• The duplexing driver PCB isfaulty.


• The potential sensor is faulty.

• The pre-exposure lamp is faulty.

• The primary high-voltage output isfaulty.

• The grid bias is absent.

• The grid bias is not controlledproperly.

• The grid bias output is faulty.

• The post-cleaning charging outputis faulty.

• The laser emission is faulty.• The bending mirror is faulty.• The laser shutter is faulty.

Timing of detection

The deck lifter position sensorcannot detect the deck lifter evenwhen the deck lifter UP signal hasbeen kept on for a specific period oftime.

0000 The paper jogging guide HPsensor does not go '0' whenthe paper jogging motor hasbeen kept on for a specificperiod of time.

0001 The paper jogging guide HPsensor does not go '1' whenthe paper jogging guide motorhas been kept on for a specificperiod of time.

Potential Control-Related ErrorVdI: potential during initial rotationVd5: post-cleaning charging areaduring dark area attenuationpotential measurementVL5: area of Vd5 where chargeshave been removed by pre-exposurelampoffset value: value determined inservice mode(FUNCTION>DPC>OFST)xx indicates the color of adeveloping assembly.xx=01: Mxx=02: Cxx=03: Yxx=04: Bk

0000 The offset value is not 100 ±50.

0001 All Vd/VL is 10 V or less.

0010 VL5 is 100V or more.

0020 Vd1/Vd2/VdI is 30V or less.

0030 Vd1/Vd2/VdI is 100 V or less.

0031 VdI/Vd2/VdI is 900 V ormore.

0032 The difference between Vd1and Vd2 is 100 V or less.

0040 Vd5-Vd3 is 100 V or less.

0050 The difference between Vd1and VL1 is 30 V or less and,in addition, Vd1 is 350 V ormore; or, the differencebetween Vd2 and VL2 is 30 Vor less and, in addition, Vd2 is550 V or more.

E041

E050

E061


5-12

Code Cause

• The laser is faulty.

• The laser light is inadequate.• The bending mirror is faulty.• The laser shutter is faulty.

• The laser is faulty.

• The dark area potential attenuationis at the upper control limit.

• The grid bias is at the uppercontrol limit.

• The grid bias is at the lowercontrol limit.

• The developing bias is at the uppercontrol limit.

• The developing bias is at the lowercontrol limit.

• Vd1 is at the upper measurementlimit.


• VL1 is at the upper measurementlimit.

• Vd2 is at the upper measurementlimit.

• VL2 is at the upper measurementlimit.

• Vd1 is at the lower measurementlimit.

• VL1 is at the lower measurementlimit.

• Vd2 is at the lower measurementlimit.

• VL2 is at the lower measurementlimit.

Timing of detection

0051 Vd1 is 300 V or less and, inaddition, Vd2 is 500 V or less.

0052 VL1 is 200 V or more and, inaddition, VL2 is 250 V ormore.

0053 Vd1 is 100 V or less and, inaddition, is 150 V or less.

0060 The dark are potentialattenuation value is 150 V ormore.

0070 The grid bias output value is900 V or more.

0071 The grid bias output value is100 V or less.

xx80 The developing bias outputvalue is 700 V or more.

xx81 The developing bias outputvalue is 200 V or less.

0090 Vd1 is 700 V or more.

0091 VL1 is 200 V or more.

0092 Vd2 is 850 V or more.

0093 VL2 is 250 V or more.

0094 Vd1 is 350 V or less.

0095 VL1 is 10 V or less.

0096 Vd2 is 550 V or less.

0097 VL2 is 50 V or less.

E061

5-13


Code Cause

• SSR2 has a short circuit.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The separation charging assemblyis faulty.

• The internal/external staticeliminator is faulty.

• The HVT-AC PCB is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The side A sensor (PS2) is faulty.• The side B sensor (PS3) is faulty.• The C sensor (PS4) is faulty.• The signal plate is faulty.• The drum motor drive system is

subjected to an overload.• The transfer drum is not locked

properly.• The DC driver PC is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

While the DC-CPU keeps thecassette heater/drum heater SSR2off, SSR2 is on.

An error signal (AC-ERR*=0) hasbeen generated by the HVT-PCB.

F000 The side A sensor, side Bsensor, or C sensor does notdetect the signal plate within10 sec after the operation tolock the transfer drum hasstarted.

0001 There is an error in the fallingedge timing of the signal platedetected by the side B sensor.

0002 There is an error in the risingedge timing of the signal platedetected by the side B sensor.

0003 There is an error in the risingedge timing of the signal platedetected by the C sensor.

0004 There is an error in the fallingedge timing of the single plateC detected by the C sensor.

0005 There is an error in the risingedge timing of the signal platedetected by the side A sensor.

0006 There is an error in the fallingedge timing of the signal platedetected by the side A sensor.

0007 There is an error in the risingedge timing of the signal plateD detected by the C sensor.

0008 There is an error in the fallingedge timing of the signal plateD detected by the C sensor.

1001 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side B sensor is notgenerated after the fallingedge signal of the signal plateD detected by the C sensorhas been generated.

E062

E067

E071


5-14

Code Cause


subjected to an overload.• The transfer drum locking

mechanism is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

1002 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side B sensor is notgenerated after the rising edgesignal of the signal plate Cdetected by the C sensor hasbeen generated.

1003 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate C to be detectedby the C sensor is notgenerated after the fallingedge of the signal platedetected by the side B sensorhas been generated.

1004 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate C to be detectedby the C sensor is not detectedafter the rising edge of thesignal plate detected by theside B sensor has beengenerated.

1005 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side A sensor is notgenerated after the fallingedge of the signal plate Cdetected by the C sensor hasbeen generated.

1006 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side A sensor is notgenerated after the rising edgeof the signal plate D detectedby the C sensor has beengenerated.

1007 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate D to be detectedby the C sensor is notgenerated after the rising edgesignal of the signal platedetected by the side A sensorhas been generated.

1008 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate D to be detectedby the C sensor is notgenerated after the fallingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side A sensorhas been generated.

E071

5-15


Code Cause


subjected to an overload.• The transfer drum locking

mechanism is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• Side A sensor (PS2) is faulty.• Side B sensor (PS3) is faulty.• The C sensor (PS4) is faulty.• The signal plate is faulty.• The drum motor drive system is


properly.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

1101 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side B sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the fallingedge signal of the signal plateD detected by the C sensorhas been generated.

1102 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side B sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the risingedge signal of the signal plateC detected by the C sensor hasbeen generated.

1103 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate C to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the fallingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side B sensorhas been generated.

1104 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate C to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the risingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side B sensorhas been generated.

1105 The rising edge of the signalplate to be detected by theside A sensor is generated 10ms earlier after the fallingedge signal of the signal plateC detected by the C sensor hasbeen generated.

1106 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side A sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the risingedge signal of the signal plateD detected by the C sensorhas been generated.

1107 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate D to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the risingedge of the signal l plate to bedetected by the side A sensorhas been generated.

E071


5-16

Code Cause

• Side A sensor (PS2) is faulty.• Side B sensor (PS3) is faulty.• The C sensor (PS4) is faulty.• The signal plate is faulty.• The drum motor drive system is



Timing of detection

1108 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate D to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms earlier after the fallingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side A sensorhas been generated.

1201 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side B sensor is generated10 ms later after the fallingedge signal of the signal plateD detected by the C sensorhas been generated.

1202 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side B sensor is generated10 ms later after the risingedge signal of the signal plateC detected by the C sensor hasbeen generated.

1203 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate C to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms later after the fallingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side by side Bsensor has been generated.

1204 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate C to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms later after the risingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side B sensorhas been generated.

1205 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side A sensor is generated10 ms later after the fallingedge signal of the signal plateC detected by the C sensor hasbeen generated.

1206 The falling edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe side A senor is generated10 ms later after the risingedge signal of the single plateD detected by the C sensorhas been generated.

E071

5-17


Code Cause




• The transfer drum cleaner brushmotor (M8) is faulty.

• The polishing roller motor (M9) isfaulty.

• The motor drive system issubjected to an overload.

• The attraction/transfer locking cammotor (PM7) is faulty.

• The attraction/transfer locking camHP sensor (PS8) is faulty.

• The registration path driver PCB isfaulty.


Timing of detection

1207 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate D to be detectedby the C sensor is generated10 ms later after the risingedge signal of the signal platedetected by the side A sensorhas been detected.

1208 The rising edge signal of thesignal plate to be detected bythe C sensor is generated 10ms later after the falling edgesignal of the signal platedetected by the side A sensorhas been generated.

0002 The motor lock signal(TRCMLK) is '0' for 1 sec ormore while the transfer drumcleaner brush motor isrotating.

0003 An overcurrent is detected for1 sec or more while thepolishing roller motor isrotating.

0202 The attraction/transfer lookingcam HP sensor does not go '1'within 4 sec after theattraction/transfer lockingcam motor has started torotate.

E071

E072


5-18

Code Cause

• The transfer unit drawer connectoris faulty.


• The transfer drum locking motor(PM5) is faulty.

• The transfer drum HP sensor(PS57) is faulty.

• The transfer locking driver PCB isfaulty.


• The transfer drum cleaner HPsensor (PS59) is faulty.

• The transfer locking driver PCB isfaulty.


• The laser unit is faulty.• The laser driver PCB is faulty.• The laser controller PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The laser scanner motor (M3) isfaulty.


• The laser controller unit (laserthermistor, laser heater, lasercontroller PCB) is faulty.


• The laser controller PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The connector of the DC driverPCB is disconnected.

• The DC fuse PCB is faulty (blownfuse).

• The DC driver PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

0001 During copying, the drawerconnect signal (FT-CNCT*)of the transfer unit lever is '1'.

0002 During copying operation, theconnection signal (TD-CNCT)of the drawer connector of thetransfer unit is '1'.

0003 During copying, the drawerconnect signal (CONNECT*)of the registration path unit is'1'.

0000 The transfer drum HP sensordoes not go '1' when thetransfer drum locking motorhas been kept on for a specificperiod of time.

0001 The transfer drum HP sensordoes not go '0' when thetransfer drum locking motorhas been kept on for a specificperiod of time.

0000 The transfer drum cleaner HPsensor does not go '1' whenthe transfer drum cleanerlocking motor has been kepton for a specific period oftime.

0001 The transfer drum cleaner HPsensor does not go '0' whenthe transfer drum cleanerlocking motor has been kepton for a specific period oftime.

The BD signal cannot be detectedfor 1 sec or more when potentialcontrol operation starts.

0000 The laser scanner motor readysignal (LSMRDY) is '1' for0.5 sec or more while the laserscanner motor is rotating.

0001 The laser heater temperaturehas exceeded 60°C.

0002 When the machine internaltemperature is 20°C ormore, the laser heater doesnot reach a specifictemperature within 20 min.

An error has occurred while wiringdata to the laser controller PCB fromthe CPU PCB at power-on.

0000 At powe-on, a read/write erroroccurred in the register of theDC driver PCB.

E073

E074

E079

E100

E110

E120

E190

E191

5-19


Code

No code indication;keys are disabled.

Cause

• The original scanner HP sensor(PS1) is faulty.

• The original scanner motor(PM15) is faulty.

• The original scanner motor driverPCB is faulty.


• The DC power supply to theoriginal scanner motor driver PCBis faulty.

• The wiring or connectors arefaulty.

• The original scanner motor driverPC is faulty.


• The scanning is faulty.• The lamp regulator PCB is faulty.

• The IP-MAIN PCB is faulty.• The IP-PRJ PCB is faulty.• The IP-ED PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

The original scanner home positionsignal (SCHP) is not generatedwithin 10 sec after the power switchhas been turned on or the Copy Startkey has been pressed.

The communication between theoriginal scanner driver PCB and theCPU PCB is interrupted or 5 sec ormore.

During standby, the scanning lampturns on even though the R-CPUkeeps the scanning lamp ON signaloff.During copying, the scanning lampturns off even though the R-CPUkeeps the scanning lamp ON signalon.

At power-on, RAM access withinthe IP-MAIN PCB does not takeplace normally.RAM access within the IP-PRJ PCBor IP-ED PCB does not take placenormally. (For E305, the code isindicated when copying is started inprojector mode or area select mode.)

0001 BD error (same as E100)

0002 concentration conversionRAM error

0004 B shading correction RAMerror

0008 G shading correction RAMerror

0010 R shading correction RAMerror

0020 color correction RAM error

0040 original scanner motor error

0100 IP-ED PCB RAM error ordisconnection

0400 IP-PRJ PCB RAM error ordisconnection

0800 IP-IF PCB RAM error

1000 IP-IF PCB RAM error

(E202)

E208

E220

E305


5-20

Code Cause

• The IP-MAIN PCB is faulty.• The IP-ECO PCB is faulty.• The connection between IP-

MAIN, IP-ECO PCB, and laserdriver PCB is faulty.

• The IP-ED PCB is faulty.• The IP-MAIN PCB is faulty.

• The projector lamp is faulty.• The projector thermal switch is

faulty.

• The CPU PCB is faulty.• The DC power supply is faulty.

• An error has occurred inconjunction with the copy datacontroller/remote diagnosis device.

• The IP-PRJ PCB is faulty.• The IP-MAIN PCB is faulty.• The projector controller PCB is

faulty.

• The wiring is faulty.• The coin vendor is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The power switch is faulty.• The DC harness is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.

• The 24V output is faulty.• The DC power cut relay is faulty.• The DC fuse PCB is faulty.• The CPU PCB is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.

• The operation of a fan (indicatedby detail code) is faulty.

• The CPU PCB is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

The IP-ECO PCB and the IP-MAINPCB are not connected.The IP-ECO PCB and its ROM are apoor match.

The communication between IP-ED-PCB and IP-MAIN PCB isinterrupted for 5 sec or more.

The LAOFF signal remains '0' whenthe projector controller PCB turnson the LCNT signal.

The communication between theDC-CPU and the R-CPU on theCPU PCB is interrupted for 5 sec ormore.

The copy data controller or theremote diagnostic device has beenphysically detached.

The communication between theprojector controller PCB and the IP-MAIN PCB is interrupted for 5 secor more.

0000 The communication betweenthe coin vendor and the CPUPCB is disrupted.

An open circuit has been detected inthe auto shut-off signal.

0000 During copying operation, theCPU does not detect a 24Voutput for about 5 sec whenthe transfer unit lever switch,front left door switch, anddelivery door switch areclosed.

0001 The electrical unit fan (FM8)has stopped to rotate in error.

0002 The IP cooling fan (FM7) hasstopped to rotate in error.

0003 The exhaust fan (FM2) hasstopped to rotate in error.

0004 The ozone suction fan (FM5)has stopped to rotate in error.

0005 The toner suction fan (FM6)has stopped to rotate in error.

0006 The laser scanner motorcooling fan (FM4) hasstopped to rotate in error.

0008 The primary chargingassembly fan (FM3) hasstopped to rotate in error.

E351

E620

E634

E700

E717

E718

E800

E803

E804

E719

5-21


Code Cause

• The operation of a fan (indicatedby detail code) is faulty.

• The CPU PCB is faulty.• The DC driver PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection

000A The back suction fan (FM16)has stopped to rotate in error.

000B The power supply cooing fan1/2 (FM9/FM13) has stoppedin error.

000C The power supply cord basefan (FM17) has stopped torotate in error.

0102 The original exposure systemcooling fan 2/3 (FM14/FM15)has stopped to rotate in error.

E804

Caution:1. The copier may be reset by turning its power switch off and then on when its self

diagnostic mechanism has turned on. This, however, does not apply to E000, E005, E008,E020 (if xxE0), E717 or E719. This is to prevent possible damage by an overheating fixingroller occurring if these errors were designed to be reset while the thermistor has an opencircuit.

2. The fixing cleaning belt counter (COPIER>COUNTER>MISC>FIX-WEB in servicemode) is cleared when the fixing cleaning belt is replaced.

3. 'E004' is indicated on the control panel for about 1.6 sec when the error occurs: thereafter,the power switch wil be disabled (i.e., error auto power-off is activated).If such is the case, turn on the power switch while the left front cover is open. The errorcode may be checked by COPIER>DISPLAY>ERR in service mode.

Resetting E000, E005, E008, E020, E717, or E7191) Start service mode, and select COPIER>FUNCTION>CLEAR>ERR (to highlight).2) Press the OK key.3) Turn off and then on the power switch.

E717E717 may be prevented by temporarily disconnecting the communication line using service

mode as follows before disconnecting the copy data controller or the remot diagnostic deviceconnected to the copier:1) Start service mode, and select COPIER>OPTION>IN-FACE>B-CLR (to highlight).2) Enter '0', and press the OK key.3) End service mode, and perform appropriate servicing.


5-22

B. RDF

Note:If the self diagnostic mechanism has turned on, you can reset the machine by turning thecopier's power switch off and then on.If you want to continue to make copies while the RDF is out of order, place the original on thecopyboard glass after lifting the RDF.

Code Cause

• The communication of data withthe copier is faulty.

• The pickup motor (M1) is faulty.• The pickup roller home position

sensor 1 (S8) is faulty.

• The belt motor (M3) is faulty.• The belt motor clock sensor (S11)

is faulty.

• The reversal motor (M2) is faulty.• The slip sensor (S10) is faulty.

• The delivery motor (M5) is faulty.• The delivery motor clock sensor

(S12) is faulty.

• The pickup motor (M1) is faulty.• The pickup motor clock sensor

(S12) is faulty.

• The tray drive motor (M6) isfaulty.

• The tray position sensor (S25) isfaulty.

• The feeder motor (M8) is faulty.• The tray position sensor (S25) is

faulty.

• The registration sensor 1 (S3) isfaulty.

• The skew sensor 1 (S4) is faulty.• The manual feed registration

sensor (S19) is faulty.• The image leading edge sensor

(S20) is faulty.• The original sensor 1 (S7) is

faulty.

Timing of detection

The communication is monitored atall times, and it is interrupted for 5sec or more.

The state of the sensor remainsunchanged after the pickup motorhas been driven for 2 sec or more.

The number of belt motor clockpulses is lower than a specific valuefor 100 msec.

The number of slip clock pulses islower than a specific value for 100msec.

The number of delivery motor clockpulses is lower than a specific valuefor 200 msec.

The number of pickup motor clockpulses is lower than a specific valuefor 200 msec.

The state of the sensor remainsunchanged after the tray drive motorhas been driven for 2 sec or more.

The number of feed motor clockpulses is lower than a specific valuefor 100 msec.

The output of each sensor is aspecific value or more in the absenceof paper.

E400

E401

E402

E403

E404

E405

E407

E408

E411

5-23


C. Sorter

Code Cause

• The feed motor (M1) fails torotate.

• The low-speed feed motor (M10)fails to rotate.

• The home position of the bufferpath unit locking cam cannot bedetected.

• The push bar motor (M7) fails torotate.

• The reference wall motor (M6)fails to rotate.

• The multi guide motor (M5) failsto rotate.

• The bin internal paper sensor 1(S3, S4) auto adjustmentmechanism is faulty.

• The bin internal paper sensor 2(S6, S7) auto adjustmentmechanism is faulty.

• The guide bar motor (M8) fails torotate.

• The stapler unit drive motor (M4)fails to rotate.

Timing of detection

The clock signal from the feedmotor clock sensor (PI5) is absentfor 250 msec.

The clock signal from the feedmotor clock sensor (PI23) is absentfor 250 msec or more.

The home position cannot bedetected within a specific period oftime (varying from copier to copier)after the Copy Start key has beenpressed.

The operation fails to end within2000 msec after the motor drivesignal has been generated.

The operation does not end within2000 msec after the motor drivesignal has been generated.


The auto adjustment mechanism ofthe bin internal paper sensor 1 (S3,S4) fails, or an error occurs in theauto adjustment value.

The auto adjustment mechanism ofthe bin internal paper sensor 2 (S6,S7) fails, or an error occurs in theauto adjustment value.

The operation does not end within aspecific period of time after themotor drive signal has beengenerated.• for front access, 5000 msec• except front access, 2000 msec

The operation does not end within2000 msec after the motor drivesignal output has been generated.The clock signal from the motorclock sensor (PI8) is absent for 250msec or more.The input signal from the swinghome position sensor (PI9) remainsunchanged for 1000 msec.

E510

E516

E517

E522

E523

E524

E525

E526

E530

E531


5-24

Code Cause

• The stapler unit shift motor (M3)fails to rotate.

• The stapler internal paper sensorauto adjustment mechanism isfaulty.

• The bin shift motor (M9) fails torotate.

• The DC output from the sortercontroller PCB is faulty.

Timing of detection


The auto adjustment mechanism ofthe stapler internal paper sensorfails, or an error occurs in the autoadjustment value.

The operation fails to end within aspecific period of time after themotor drive signal has beengenerated.• for initialization, 20000 msec• except initialization, 2000 msecThe clock plate sensor of the motordoes not generate clock signals for250 msec.The input signal from the lead camposition sensor (PI20) remainsunchanged for 2000 msec.

An error has occurred in the DCoutput (24 VL, 24 VP) from thesorter controller PCB.

E532

E533

E540

E550

A-1

12

34

56

78

12

34

56

78

12

34

12

34

56

78

WM

UP

AIN

TR

ST

BY

DSRD

YIN

TRC

OP

YLS

TR

ST

BY

130o C

158o C

CO

PY S

TAR

T KE

Y O

NPO

WER

SW O

N

163o C

MC

YK

MC

YK

MC

YK

MM

CC

YY

KK

MM

CC

YY

KK

[2]

[1]

158o C

Pho

tose

nsiti

ve d

rum

revo

lutio

n

Tran

sfer

dru

m r

evol

utio

n

Sid

e A

sen

sor

(PS

2)

Sid

e B

sen

sor

(PS

3)

Mai

n m

otor

(M

4)

Dru

m m

otor

(M

2)

Fix

ing

heat

er

Orig

inal

sca

nner

mot

or(M

P15

)

Sca

nnin

g la

mp

(LA

2)

Pic

kup

mot

or (

DP

M11

)

Cas

sette

1 p

icku

p so

leno

id(D

SL8

)

Cas

sette

1 p

icku

p cl

utch

(DC

L12)

Pre

-reg

istr

atio

n m

otor

2(P

M8)

Pre

-reg

istr

atio

n m

otor

1(P

M9)

Reg

istr

atio

n se

nsor

(P

S70

)

Reg

istr

atio

n cl

utch

(C

L9)

Reg

istr

atio

n ro

ller

lock

ing/

unlo

ckin

g so

leno

id (

SL9

)

Attr

actio

n ro

ller

sole

noid

(SL9

)

Attr

actio

n hi

gh-v

olta

geou

tput

Pre

-exp

osur

e la

mp

(LA

1)

Pos

t-cl

eani

ng h

igh-

volta

geou

tput

Prim

ary

/ grid

hig

h-vo

ltage

outp

ut

Lase

rD

evel

opin

g as

sem

bly

lock

ing

mot

or

Dev

elop

ing

cylin

der

clut

ch

Dev

elop

ing

bias

Tran

sfer

hig

h-vo

ltage

out

put

Sep

arat

ion

high

-vol

tage

outp

ut

Inte

rnal

/ext

erna

l sta

tic e

lim-

inat

or h

igh-

volta

ge o

utpu

t

Sep

arat

ion

roll

push

-up

sole

noid

(S

L3)

Sep

arat

ion

claw

sol

enoi

d(S

L4)

Sep

arat

ion

sens

or (

PS

7)

Fix

ing

mot

or (

M5)

Fix

ing

clea

ning

bel

t sol

enoi

d

Inte

rnal

del

iver

y se

nsor

(PS

12)

Tran

sfer

dru

m lo

ckin

g m

otor

(PM

5)

Tran

sfer

dru

m c

lean

erlo

ckin

g m

otor

(P

M6)

Tran

sfer

dru

m c

lean

erbr

ush

mot

or (

M8)

Hop

per

mot

or

Tone

r su

pply

clu

tch

Cle

aner

rec

ipro

catin

g m

otor

(M7)

Cou

nter

AP

PE

ND

IX

A.

Gen

eral

Tim

ing

Cha

rt

A-2

12

34

56

78

12

34

56

78

ST

BY

DSRD

YIN

TRC

OP

YLS

TR

ST

BY

2nd

CO

PY S

TAR

T KE

Y O

N MC

YK

MC

YK

MC

YK

MM

CC

YY

KK

MM

CC

YY

KK

[2]

[1]

158o C

12

34

56

78

12

34

56

78

[1]

MC

YK

MC

YK

MC

YK

MM

CC

YY

KK

MM

CC

YY

KK

[2]

DSRD

YIN

TRC

OP

YLS

TR

1st

C

OPY

STA

RT

KEY

ON

Pho

tose

nsiti

ve d

rum

revo

lutio

n

Tran

sfer

dru

m r

evol

utio

n

Sid

e A

sen

sor

(PS

2)

Sid

e B

sen

sor

(PS

3)

Mai

n m

otor

(M

4)

Dru

m m

otor

(M

2)

Fix

ing

heat

er

Sca

nner

mot

or (

MP

M15

)

Sca

nnin

g la

mp

(LA

2)

Pic

kup

mot

or (

DP

M11

)

Cas

sette

1 p

icku

p so

leno

id(D

SL8

)

Cas

sette

1 p

icku

p cl

utch

(DC

L12)

Pre

-reg

istr

atio

n m

otor

2(P

M8)

Pre

-reg

istr

atio

n m

otor

1(P

M9)

Reg

istr

atio

n se

nsor

(PS

70)

Reg

istr

atio

n cl

utch

(C

L9)

Reg

istr

atio

n ro

ller

lock

ing/

unlo

ckin

g so

leno

id (

SL9

)

Attr

actio

n ro

ller

sole

noid

(SL9

)

Attr

actio

n hi

gh-v

olta

geou

tput

Pre

-exp

osur

e la

mp

(LA

1)

Pos

t-cl

eani

ng h

igh-

volta

geou

tput

Prim

ary

/ grid

hig

h-vo

ltage

outp

ut

Lase

r

Dev

elop

ing

lock

ing

mot

or

Dev

elop

ing

cylin

der

clut

ch

Dev

elop

ing

bias

Tran

sfer

hig

h-vo

ltage

out

put

Sep

arat

ion

high

-vol

tage

outp

ut

Inte

rnal

/ext

erna

l hig

h-vo

ltage

outp

ut

Sep

arat

ion

roll

push

-up

sole

noid

(S

L3)

Sep

arat

ion

claw

driv

eso

leno

id (

SL4

)

Sep

arat

ion

sens

or (

PS

7)

Fix

ing

mot

or (

M5)

Fix

ing

clea

ning

bel

t sol

enoi

d

Inte

rnal

del

iver

y se

nsor

(PS

12)

Dup

lexi

ng m

otor

(M

14)

Re-

pick

up m

otor

(P

M13

)

Del

iver

y pa

per

defle

ctin

gso

leno

id (

SL1

0)

Del

iver

y ve

rtic

al p

ath

clut

ch(C

L19)

Sta

ckin

g gu

ide

plat

e so

leno

id(S

L15)

Dup

lexi

ng p

icku

p as

sem

bly

stop

per

plat

e so

leno

id (

SL1

2)

Dup

lexi

ng p

icku

p as

sem

bly

feed

rol

ler

sole

noid

(S

L13)

Dup

lexi

ng fe

ed c

lutc

h (C

L14)

Re-

pick

up c

lutc

h (C

L15)

Pap

er jo

ggin

g gu

ide

mot

or(P

M4)

pape

r jo

ggin

g gu

ide

HP

sens

or (

PS

40)

Tran

sfer

dru

m lo

ckin

g m

otor

PN

5)

Tran

sfer

dru

m c

lean

erlo

ckin

g m

otor

PM

6)

Tran

sfer

dru

m c

lean

er b

rush

mot

or (

M8)

Hop

per

mot

or

Tone

r su

pply

clu

tch

Cle

aner

ass

embl

y re

cipr

oca-

ting

mot

or (

M7)

Cou

nter

A-3

APPENDIX

400* LASER SELECT commandAC-ERR* HIGH VOLTAGE TRANSFORMER AC ERROR signalACSBY AC STANDBY commandAITOP A-SIDE SENSOR signalAPCHOLD AUTO POWER CONTROL HOLD commandBD BEAM DETECT signalBITOP B-SIDE SENSOR signalBK-REF BK-REFERENCE signalBK-SGNL BK-TONER DENSITY signalBKTEP BK-TONER EMPTY signalBLRMA ATTRACTION/TRANSFER PRESSURE CAM MOTOR commandBLRMA* ATTRACTION/TRANSFER PRESSURE CAM MOTOR commandBLRMB ATTRACTION/TRANSFER PRESSURE CAM MOTOR commandBLRMB* ATTRACTION/TRANSFER PRESSURE CAM MOTOR commandBLRMHL ATTRACTION/TRANSFER PRESSURE CAM MOTOR

HOLD commandBLRMHP ATTRACTION/TRANSFER PRESSURE

CAM HOME POSITION SENSOR signalC-REF C-REFERENCE signalC-SGNL C-TONER DENSITY signalC1LFD CASSETTE-1 LIFTER SENSOR signalC1LFMON CASSETTE-1 LIFTER MOTOR ON commandC1PAD CASSETTE-1 PAPER SENSOR signalC1PLVR CASSETTE-1 PAPER LEVEL VR signalC1PUCL CASSETTE-1 PICK-UP CLUTCH commandC1PUMA CASSETTE-1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC1PUMA* CASSETTE-1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC1PUMB CASSETTE-1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC1PUMB* CASSETTE-1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC1PUMHL CASSETTE-1 PICK-UP MOTOR HOLD commandC2LFD/D1LFD CASSETTE-2/1 LIFTER SENSOR signalC2LFMON CASSETTE-2/1 LIFTER MOTOR ON commandC2PAD/D1PAD CASSETTE-2/1 PAPER SENSOR signalC2PLVR/D1PLVR CASSETTE-2/1 PAPER LEVEL VR signalC2PUCL/D1PUCL CASSETTE-2/1 PICK-UP CLUTCH commandC2PUMA/D1PUMA CASSETTE-2/1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC2PUMA*/D1PUMA* CASSETTE-2/1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC2PUMB/D1PUMB CASSETTE-2/1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC2PUMB*/D1PUMB* CASSETTE-2/1 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC2PUMHL/D1PUMHL CASSETTE-2/1 PICK-UP MOTOR HOLD commandC2PWVR CASSETTE-2 PAPER WIDTH VR signalC2SZ0 CASSETTE-2 PAPER LENGTH SENSOR signal 0C2SZ1 CASSETTE-2 PAPER LENGTH SENSOR signal 1C3LFD/D2LFD CASSETTE-3/2 LIFTER SENSOR signalC3LFMON CASSETTE-3/2 LIFTER MOTOR ON commandC3PAD/D2PAD CASSETTE-3/2 PAPER SENSOR signalC3PLVR/D2PLVR CASSETTE-3/2 PAPER LEVEL VR signal

B. Signals and Abbreviations

1. Signals

APPENDIX

A-4

C3PUCL/D1PUCL CASSETTE-3/2 PICK-UP CLUTCH commandC3PUMA/D2PUMA CASSETTE-3/2 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC3PUMA*/D2PUMA* CASSETTE-3/2 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC3PUMB/D2PUMB CASSETTE-3/2 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC3PUMB*/D2PUMB* CASSETTE-3/2 PICK-UP MOTOR commandC3PUMHL/D2PUMHL CASSETTE-3/2 PICK-UP MOTOR HOLD commandC3PWVR/D2PWVR CASSETTE-3/2 PAPER WIDTH VR signalC3SZ0/D3SZ0 CASSETTE-3/2 PAPER SENSOR signal 0C3SZ1/D3SZ1 CASSETTE-3/2 PAPER SENSOR signal 1CBRCMA CLEANER BLADE RECIPROCATING MOTOR command ACBRCMB CLEANER BLADE RECIPROCATING MOTOR command BCDEVA C-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGINGCDEVA* C-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR command CCDEVB C-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR command CCDEVB* C-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR command CCDEVCL C-DEVELOPING CYLINDER CLUTCH command CCDEVHL C-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING C MOTOR HOLDcommandCDEVHP C-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY HOME POSITION SENSOR signal CCITOP C SENSOR signalCTEP C-TONER EMPTY signalCTNRSUP* C-TONER SUPPLY CLUTCH commandDCFMERR POWER SUPPLY COOLING FAN ERROR signalDELFLSL* DELIVERY PAPER DEFLECTOR SOLENOID commandDINPD DUPLEXING UNIT INLET PAPER SENSOR signalDJGHP PAPER JOGGING GUIDE HOME POSITION SENSOR signalDJOGMA DUPLEXING UNIT PAPER JOGGING GUIDE MOTOR commandDJOGMA* DUPLEXING UNIT PAPER JOGGING GUIDE MOTOR commandDJOGMB DUPLEXING UNIT PAPER JOGGING GUIDE MOTOR commandDJOGMB* DUPLEXING UNIT PAPER JOGGING GUIDE MOTOR commandDLCOVD DELIVERY COVER OPEN SENSOR signalDLFMERR DELIVERY COOLING FAN ERROR signalDLFMON DELIVERY COOLING FAN ON commandDLVP1D DELIVERY VERTICAL PATH-1 SENSOR signalDLVP2D DELIVERY VERTICAL PATH-2 SENSOR signalDREPD DUPLEXING UNIT REVERSAL PAPER SENSOR signalDRHERR DRUM HEATER ERROR signalDRHOFF DRUM HEATER OFF commandDRMCLK DRUM MOTOR CLOCK signalDRMCW DRUM MOTOR ROTATIONAL DIRECTION signalDRMFG DRUM MOTOR FG signalDRMON DRUM MOTOR ON commandDRMRDY DRUM MOTOR READY signalDRMSP0 DRUM MOTOR SPEED CONTROL signal 0DRMSP1 DRUM MOTOR SPEED CONTROL signal 1DUPFDCL* DUPLEXING UNIT FEEDER CLUTCH commandDUPMLK DUPLEXING UNIT MOTOR LOCK signalDUPMON DUPLEXING UNIT MOTOR commandDUPPFSL* DUPLEXING UNIT PAPER FEEDING ROLLER SOLENOID commandDUPPPD DUPLEXING UNIT PATH PAPER SENSOR signalDUPSAPD DUPLEXING UNIT TRAY PAPER SENSOR signalDUPUMA DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP MOTOR commandDUPUMA* DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP MOTOR command

A-5

APPENDIX

DUPUMB DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP MOTOR commandDUPUMB* DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP MOTOR commandDUPUMHL DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP MOTOR HOLD commandDVERPCL DELIVERY VERTICAL PATH CLUTCH commandENDPLSL* DUPLEXING UNIT STACK GUIDE SOLENOID commandEXFMERR EXHAUST FAN ERROR signalEXFMON EXHAUST FAN ON commandFDC1D CASSETTE-1 OPEN SENSOR signalFDC2D/FDD1D CASSETTE-2/1 OPEN SENSOR signalFDC3D/FDD2D CASSETTE-3/2 OPEN SENSOR signalFDCOVD PICK-UP ASSEMBLY COVER OPEN SENSOR signalFXMLK FIXING MOTOR LOCK signalFXMON FIXING MOTOR ON commandFXMSP0 FIXING MOTOR SPEED CONTROL signal 0FXMSP1 FIXING MOTOR SPEED CONTROL signal 1FXOILD FIXING OIL LEVEL SENSOR signalGGUIDSL ATTRACTION ROLLER SOLENOID commandHOPMCW HOPPER MOTOR ROTATIONAL DIRECTION signalHOPMLK HOPPER MOTOR LOCK signalHOPMON HOPPER MOTOR ON commandHUM ENVIRONMENT SENSOR HUMIDITY signalHVATC ATTRACTION CORONA CURRENT ON/OFF CONTROL signalHVATI ATTRACTION CORONA CURRENT LEVEL CONTROL signalHVCC POST-CLEANING CORONA ON/OFF CONTROL signalHVCI POST-CLEANING CORONA LEVEL CONTROL signalHVGI GRID BIAS LEVEL CONTROL signalHVGIC GRID BIAS ON/OFF commandHVIDCC INTERNAL STATIC ELIMINATOR DC ON/OFF

CONTROL signalHVIDCI INTERNAL STATIC ELIMINATOR DC LEVEL

CONTROL signalHVIOC EXTERNAL/INTERNAL STATIC

ELIMINATOR AC ON/OFF CONTROL signalHVPR PRIMARY CURRENT ON/OFF commandHVTRC TRANSFER CORONA CURRENT ON/OFF CONTROL signalHVTRI TRANSFER CORONA CURRENT LEVEL CONTROL signalINDELD INSIDE DELIVERY PAPER SENSOR signalIPFMERR IP COOLING FAN ERROR signalIPFMON IP COOLING FAN ON commandITOP IMAGE LEADING EDGE signalKDEVA BK-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR BK commandKDEVA* BK-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR BK commandKDEVB BK-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR BK commandKDEVB* BK-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR BK commandKDEVCL BK-DEVELOPING CYLINDER CLUTCH commandKDEVHL BK-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR HOLD commandKDEVHP BK-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY HOME POSITION SENSOR signalKEYSW* KEY SWITCH signalKTNRSUP* BK-TONER SUPPLY CLUTCH commandL-ON LASER ON commandL-RDY LASER READY commandLCOVD LEFT COVER OPEN SENSOR signalLFRCWD LOWER FIXING ROLLER CLEANING WEB SENSOR signal

APPENDIX

A-6

LHON LOWER FIXING HEATER ON commandLSMCLK LASER SCANNER MOTOR CLOCK signalLSMON LASER SCANNER MOTOR commandLSMRDY LASER SCANNER MOTOR READY signalLTHM3 LOWER FIXING ROLLER TEMPERATURE 3 signalLTHM4 LOWER FIXING ROLLER TEMPERATURE 4 signalLWEBSL LOWER CLEANING WEB SOLENOID commandM-REF M-REFERENCE signalM-SGNL M-TONER DENSITY signalMDEVA M-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandMDEVA* M-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandMDEVB M-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandMDEVB* M-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandMDEVCL M-DEVELOPING CYLINDER CLUTCH commandMDEVHL M-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR

HOLD commandMDEVHP M-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY HOME POSITION

SENSOR signalMFCOVD MULTIFEEDER OPEN SENSOR signalMFFDCL MULTIFEEDER FEED CLUTCH commandMFLFMA MULTIFEEDER LIFTER MOTOR command AMFLFMB MULTIFEEDER LIFTER MOTOR command BMFLHD MULTIFEEDER LIFTER-HIGH SENSOR signalMFLLD MULTIFEEDER LIFTER-LOW SENSOR signalMFPAD MULTIFEEDER PAPER SENSOR signalMFPUCL MULTIFEEDER PICK-UP CLUTCH commandMFPUD MULTIFEEDER PICK-UP SENSOR signalMFPUSL MULTIFEED PICK-UP SOLENOID commandMFPWVR MULTIFEEDER PAPER WIDTH VR signalMNMON MAIN MOTOR ON commandMNMRDY MAIN MOTOR READY signalMTEP M-TONER EMPTY signalMTNRSUP* M-TONER SUPPLY CLUTCH commandOHPDTC OHP SENSOR signalOTDELD* EXTERNAL DELIVERY PAPER SENSOR signalOZFMERR OZONE SUCTION FAN ERROR signalOZFMON OZONE SUCTION FAN ON commandPCDTC PRE-CLEANING PAPER SENSOR signalPCFDCL POSTCARD FEEDER CLUTCH commandPCFMERR PRIMARY CORONA ASSEMBLY FAN ERROR signalPCFMON PRIMARY CORONA ASSEMBLY FAN ON commandPCMFMERR POWER CORD MOUNT FAN ERR signalPELA1ON PRE-EXPOSURE LAMP ON commandPH/TX/H200 ORIGINAL TYPE SELECT commandPOSTJD POST-TRANSFER PAPER SENSOR signalPRDMA POLISHING ROLLER MOTOR command APRDMB POLISHING ROLLER MOTOR command BPREJD PRE-TRANSFER PAPER SENSOR signalPRERGD PRE-REGISTRATION SENSOR signalPRIMFW PRIMARY CORONA WIRE CLEANING MOTOR NORMAL

DRIVE commandPRIMRV PRIMARY CORONA WIRE CLEANING MOTOR REVERSE

DRIVE commandPRM1A PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 1 command

A-7

APPENDIX

PRM1A* PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 1 commandPRM1B PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 1 commandPRM1B* PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 1 commandPRM1HL PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 1 HOLD commandPRM2A PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 2 commandPRM2A* PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 2 commandPRM2B PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 2 commandPRM2B* PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 2 commandPRM2HL PRE-REGISTRATION MOTOR 2 HOLD commandPUFMERR POWER UNIT COOLING FAN ERROR signalPUFMON POWER UNIT COOLING FAN ON commandPUP1SL PICK-UP ROLLER 1 SOLENOID commandPUP2SL/PUPD1SL PICK-UP ROLLER 2/1 SOLENOID commandPUP3SL/PUPD2SL PICK-UP ROLLER 3/2 SOLENOID commandPUVP1AD PICK-UP VERTICAL PATH-1 SENSOR signalPUVP2AD PICK-UP VERTICAL PATH-2 SENSOR signalPUVP3AD PICK-UP VERTICAL PATH-3 SENSOR signalPVE PAGE VERTICAL SYNCHRONOUS commandRCOVD RIGHT COVER OPEN SENSOR signalREFMERR REAR INTAKE FAN ERROR signalREFMON REAR INTAKE FAN ON commandREGCL* REGISTRATION CLUTCH commandREGDTC REGISTRATION SENSOR signalREPUCL* DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP CLUTCH commandRGRLSL REGISTRATION ROLLER RELEASING SOLENOID commandRPUVPD DUPLEXING UNIT PICK-UP VERTICAL PATH SENSOR signalSCDSL SEPARATION CLAW SOLENOID commandSCFMERR LASER SCANNER MOTOR COOLING FAN ERROR signalSCFMON LASER SCANNER MOTOR COOLING FAN ON commandSCHP SCANNER HOME POSITION signalSHUTOFF* SHUT OFF signalSJAMD SEPARATION SENSOR signalSL1FMERR SCANNING LAMP COOLING FAN 1 ERROR signalSL1FMON SCANNING LAMP COOLING FAN 1 ON commandSL2FMERR SCANNING LAMP COOLING FAN 2 ERROR signalSL2FMON SCANNING LAMP COOLING FAN 2 ON commandSL3FMERR SCANNING LAMP COOLING FAN 3 ERROR signalSL3FMON SCANNING LAMP COOLING FAN 3 ON commandSPACC SEPARATION CORONA AC ON/OFF CONTROL signalSPACI SEPARATION CORONA AC VOLTAGE LEVEL CONTROL signalSPDCC SEPARATION CORONA DC ON/OFF CONTROL signalSPDCI SEPARATION CORONA DC CURRENT LEVEL CONTROL signalSSPUPSL SEPARATION PUSH-UP SOLENOID commandSTCLOSE* STOP PLATE SOLENOID CLOSE commandSTOPEN* STOP PLATE SOLENOID OPEN commandTEMP ENVIRONMENT SENSOR TEMPERATURE signalTNFMERR TONER SUCTION FAN ERROR signalTNFMON TONER SUCTION FAN ON commandTRCMLK TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER BRUSH MOTOR LOCK signalTRCMON TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER BRUSH MOTOR ON commandTRDCMA TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER MOTOR commandTRDCMA* TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER MOTOR commandTRDCMB TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER MOTOR command

APPENDIX

A-8

TRDCMB* TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER MOTOR commandTRDCMHL TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER MOTOR HOLD commandTRDCPHP TRANSFER DRUM CLEANER HOME POSITION SENSOR signalTRDMA TRANSFER DRUM MOTOR commandTRDMA* TRANSFER DRUM MOTOR commandTRDMB TRANSFER DRUM MOTOR commandTRDMB* TRANSFER DRUM MOTOR commandTRDMHL TRANSFER DRUM MOTOR HOLD commandTRDPHP TRANSFER DRUM HOME POSITION SENSOR signalUFRCWD UPPER FIXING ROLLER CLEANING WEB SENSOR signalUHON UPPER FIXING HEATER ON commandUTHM1 UPPER FIXING ROLLER TEMPERATURE 1 signalUTHM2 UPPER FIXING ROLLER TEMPERATURE 2 signalUWEBSL UPPER CLEANING WEB SOLENOID commandVCLK VIDEO CLOCK PULSE commandVD0-VD7 VIDEO0-7 commandWTNRBD WASTE TONER FEEDING SCREW LOCK DETECTING SWITCH

signalWTONER WASTE TONER FULL SENSOR signalY-REF Y-REFERENCE signalY-SGNL Y-TONER DENSITY signalYDEVA Y-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandYDEVA* Y-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandYDEVB Y-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandYDEVB* Y-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR commandYDEVCL Y-DEVELOPING CYLINDER CLUTCH commandYDEVHL Y-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY ENGAGING MOTOR HOLD

commandYDEVHP Y-DEVELOPING ASSEMBLY HOME POSITION SENSOR signalYTEP Y-TONER EMPTY signalYTNRSUP* Y-TONER SUPPLY CLUTCH command

AINTR ADDITIONAL INITIAL ROTATIONCNTR CONTROL ROTATIONCOPY COPYDSRDY SCANNER READYINTR INITIAL ROTATIONLSTR LAST ROTATIONSTBY STANDBYWMPU WARM UP

2. Abbreviations

A-9

C. General Circuit DiagramGeneral Circuit Diagram (1/3)

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 1 1 1

1

J227

1

1

Deck heater

Power cord

Leakagebreaker

Noisefilter

Leakagebreaker

NoisefilterPower cord

Power cord

Deck heater

Capacitor PCB

AC powercut relay

Environment switch

Cassette heater switch

AC fuse PCB

Lamp regulatorOpticalthermal switch 1

Opticalthermal switch 2

Scanning lamp

CCX main PCB

ControlCard V

ECO PCB

Lamp regulator

Original scanner motor driver PCB


Original scannerHP sensor

Original exposuresystem cooling fan 1

RDF socket

Projector socket

Memory PCB

DC driver PCB Bi-Centronics I/F PCB

Power switch

Control panel PCB

Inverter PCB

Keypad PCB Contrast VR PCB

Pilot lamp

LCD/touch panel

CPU PCB

Flash memory download

BD PCB

Editor socket

Original exposuresystemcooling fan 2

Original exposuresystem cooling fan 3

Electricalunit cooling fan

Ozonesuction fan

Exhaust fan

IP cooling fan

Laser scannermotor cooling fan

Primary chargingassembly fan

Back suction fanPowersupply cordmount fan

Drum motordrive PCB

HVT-DCPCB

HVT-ACPCB

Developingbias PCB

Transferlocking driver PCB

Hoppermotor PCB

Duplexingmotor driverPCB

Duplexing driverPCB

CCD/CCD driver PCB

Image processor mother PCB

For external device

Analog processor PCB

Laser controller PCB

Image processor main PCB

Image processorPRJ PCB (accessory)

Image processorED/IF PCB (accessory)

ECO relay PCB

Image processorECO PCB

Externaldevice socket

Laser driver PCB 1

Laser driver PCB 2

Laser heater PCB

InverterPCB

PickupdriverPCB

Laserscannermotor PCB

Image processormother PCB

For externaldevice

Laser controllerPCB

Analogprocessor PCB

Transfer lockingdriver PCB

TransformerPCB

Main motordriver PCB

Fixing motordriver PCB

DC driver PCB CPU PCB Original scannermotor driver PCB

AC powercut relay

DC fuse PCB

Transferlockingdriver PCB

Registrationpathdriver PCB

TransferdriverPCB

Left front door switch

Transfer unit lever switch

Delivery door switchDC power supply PCB

DC powercut relayRL3

Power supply assembly

FlickercontrollerPCB

Drum heater

controller PCB

Drum heater

Cassette heater 1

Cassette heater 2

Oil pump driver PCBOil pump

Fixing upper thermal switch

Fixing lower thermal switch

Fixing upper heater

Fixing lower heater

ST

B

CN

T *

SLI

FM

ER

R

SLI

FM

ON

EX

FM

ER

R

EX

FM

ON

IPF

ME

RR

IPF

ME

ON

SC

FM

ER

R

SC

FM

EO

N

RE

FM

ER

R

RE

FM

EO

N

PC

FM

ER

R

PC

FM

ON

PC

MF

ME

RR

RE

FM

ON

SL2

FM

ON

SL2

FM

ER

R

SL3

FM

ON

SL3

FM

ER

R

PU

FM

ON

PU

FM

ER

R

OZ

FM

ON

OZ

FM

ER

R

Choke coil PCB1 2 3

1

2

3

4H

N

H

N

MT2

OL1

J1F

FT4 ET32

ET31

J25LF1

ELB LF

FT1

FT2MT1

H

N

FT1

FT2MT1

H

N

FT1

FT2MT1

230V

ELCB

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4H

N

H

N

J1F J1M

FT3

FT4

MT2

OL1

ELCB LF1

H

N

FT1

FT2

100V

H

N

MT1

FT1

FT2

120V

1

2

3

H

H

N

N

N N

H

H

N N

H

N

J14

FU101

FT67 FT66ET33

SW8

ET20

ET4

FT48FT49

FT50FT51

ET4

FT56 FT52

FT55

FT54

FT57 FT53

SW6

230V only

100V120V

SSR2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H N H N H N H N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

H N H N H N H N

J2M

J2F

1

2

H N H N H N H N H N

N

N N

N

N

H

N

J23

L1

H

N

ET1

ET2

ET9

ET8

ET3

FT21 FT20

FT22FT23

FT5

FT6 FT10

FT9

2 4

6 8

FT11

FT12

FT7

FT8

RL1

230V only

SSR1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

J3F

J3M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

H

N

H

N

N

N

H

H

SW1

FT24

FT26

FT25

FT27

J8M J8F1

2

3

4

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

N

H

J11F J11MJ10J9 TP1 TP6FT43 FT44 FT45 FT46

FT41 FT40LA2

6

5

4

3

2

1

2

4

1

3

6

5

4

3

2

1

J4F J4M

J18F J18M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

RX

D

TX

D

CN

TP

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

CN

EC

T

GN

D

D-O

UT

*

D-I

N *

GN

D

SK

*

CS

*

GN

D

+5V

J2006A J2006B

J2004A J2004BJ201 J2001

J812B

J812HJ812A

J814

J813

J815B

J815HJ815A

J816B

J816HJ816A

J817ACCX

J820

J808

J2004H

J2006H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

LAN

P-O

N

LAM

P-C

NT

R

GN

D

CU

R-E

RR

TM

R-R

ST

GN

D

LMP

-SN

S

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

J450

J821B

J821H

J821A

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

OM

-IT

OP

-A

OM

-IT

OP

-B

GN

D

GA

TE

-MP

ULS

OM

-IN

T

GN

D

OM

-RE

SE

T

GN

D

(NC

)(N

C)

RX

D1

TX

D1

GN

D

RX

D2

TX

D2

GN

D

RX

D3

TX

D3

GN

D

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

J603

J602A

J602H

J602B

J604

J2003A J2003B

J30

J30

J2003H

J2007H

J2007A J2007B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17

16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 17

16 15 14 13 12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

XS

CL

GN

D

XD

0

GN

D

XD

1

GN

D

XD

2

GN

D

XD

3

GN

D

TX

D *

GN

D

RX

D *

GN

D

DO

FF

GN

D

WF

GN

D

YD

GN

D

LP GN

D

RE

SE

T

GN

D

BA

CK

_LIG

HT

_ON

*

GN

D

J903 J905 J907 J908

J901A J901B

J901H

J902

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

L-D

GT

2

L-D

GT

1

L-D

GT

0

K-D

GT

7

K-D

GT

6

K-D

GT

5

K-D

GT

4

K-D

GT

3

K-D

GT

2

K-D

GT

1

K-D

GT

0

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

L-R

TN

2

L-R

TN

1

L-R

TN

0

GN

D

K-R

TN

3

K-R

TN

2

K-R

TN

1

K-R

TN

0

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

2 1

K-R

TN

7

K-D

GT

2

L-R

TN

3

L-D

GT

2

GN

D

VLC

D

VR

+24

V

GN

D

ELO

N

J921 J922 J963

J962

J941

J951

J923

1 2 3 4

1

2

3

4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

TT

P-D

TT

P-R

TT

P-U

TT

P-L

DO

FF

DF

YD

LP XS

CC

VD

D

VS

S

VE

E

D0

D1

D2

D3

VE

E

VLC

D

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3

1 2 3

GN

D

SC

AN

HP

+5V

PM15

PS1

M

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25

15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 6 7 5

7 8 9 10 11 12

GN

D

TX

D

GN

D

RX

D

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

PR

J_T

XD

*

GN

D

PR

J_R

XD

*

GN

D

+5V

SS

R_O

N *

DZ

_TX

D *

GN

D

DZ

_RX

D *

GN

D

DZ

_RE

Q *

GN

D

DZ

_AC

K *

GN

D

DZ

_CN

T *

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

J807B

FM1

J800A

J800B

J800H

MT110

J804

J305

SK4

FG

MT1 1

J802HJ802A

J802B J803A

J803B

FG

MT112

FG

J2002A J2002B

J2002H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J2005H

J2005A J2005B

J2010A J2010B

J2010H

J2

J2008

J1006

J1005H

J1005A J1005B

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

1 2 3

1 2 3

9 8 7 6 5 4

4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J745H

FM2

FM7

J744HJ745

J744

FM4

J735HJ735

GN

D

1 2 3

1 2 3

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

J733A

J733HJ733B

FM16

J811HJ81

FM3

1 2 3

FM17

J822HJ822

3 2 1

J723HJ723

1 2 31 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

FM14

J818HJ818

FM15

J819HJ819

FM8

J534HJ534

FM5

J720F

J2051A J2051B

J2051H

J2009 J2012

J201

J202 J204 J203

J2053J2052

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 111 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

F1

*

FR

FC

P *

FS

H *

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+9V

+9V

GN

D

BE

_IN

GN

D

BO

_IN

GN

D

GE

_IN

GN

D

GO

_IN

GN

D

RE

_IN

GN

D

RO

_IN

J2101

J205

J233B

J233A

J2102 J2103

J2201 J2002

MT113 MT114

J216B

J241

J242

J216A J217 J218

J215

J214

J211B J212B J213B

J211A J212A J213A J222A J221A

J222B J221B

J224

J223

J225

J226

J251A

J251B

J231A

J231B

J232A

J232B

J1205

J1203H

J1203A J1203B

J1303 J1302

J1304

J1305

J1202

J1301

J4 J1307

J1207

J1306

J1204H

J1204A J1204B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

GN

D

V<

15>

GN

D

V<

14>

GN

D

V<

13>

GN

D

V<

12>

GN

D

V<

11>

GN

D

V<

10>

GN

D

V<

9>

GN

D

V<

8>

GN

D

V<

7>

GN

D

V<

6>

GN

D

V<

5>

GN

D

V<

4>

GN

D

V<

3>

GN

D

V<

2>

GN

D

V<

1>

GN

D

V<

0>

GN

D

LZ_V

CLK

*

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

GN

D

PU

E *

GN

D

h200

/400

*

GN

D

400/

800

*

GN

D

J1206

J1201

1

2

3

4

5

6

5

4

3

2

1

J1210

GND

+5V

GND

-5V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

GN

D

Vo<

7>

GN

D

Vo<

6>

GN

D

Vo<

5>

GN

D

Vo<

4>

GN

D

Vo<

3>

GN

D

Vo<

2>

GN

D

Vo<

1>

GN

D

Vo<

0>

GN

D

DA

TAou

t *

GN

D

SC

K

GN

D

SD

ATA

GN

D

HD

1

GN

D

400/

800

*

GN

D

CK

800

GN

D

CK

400

+5V

R

GN

D

AP

CH

OLD

GN

D

LD_O

FF

GN

D

LD_O

N

GN

D

24V

HE

AT-

ON

TH

M

TH

M-R

TN

86 88 71 74 72 75 31 27 73 76

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+38

V

GN

D

+24

V

J928F

J928M

J372

J410

J926F

J926M

J420

J927M

J927F

J400

53 57 90 94 92 96

1 2 3 4

1 2

1 2

1 2

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+24

V

J300

J942F

J942M

79 83 54 56 80 84 45 50 66 55 32 33

1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+24

V

J360

J364 J390

J541F

J961

B

(R-3)

43 48 89 93 59 62 36 37 39 40 24 23 60 63

1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

D

+3.

3V

GN

D

+24

V

31 33 101

102

103 61 64 97 98 99 100 32 34 44 49 91 95

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4

GN

D

+5V

8.8V

GN

D

-8V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+15

V

GN

D

8.8V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

J1200 J2100 J330 J340 J376 J200

29 28 11 10 108

109 65 67

1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2

+38

V

GN

D

+40

V

GN

D

GN

D

+38

V

GN

D

+24

V

J943 J370 J374

77 78 81 82 52 56 15 7 5 55 67 19 16 35 38 104

105 22 21 10 11

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

-8V

GN

D

+8.

8V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

+15

V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+8.

8V

GN

D

+12

V

GN

D

+40

V

J1009 J2010 J380

51 55 18 25 10 11 12 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+15

V

+8V

R

GN

D

-8V

GN

Df

24V

f

J1010

32 33 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70

1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

J910 J906 J907 J908 J909 J931 J932

J930J905

FU

905

FU

904

FU

921

FU

922

FU

923

FU

924

FU

925

FU

903

FU

901

FU

906

71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

+38

V

GN

D

GN

D

+38

V

+38

V

J933 J934 J935 J936

J939

GND

+24V

J937J938 FU941

FU940

FU

931

FU

934

FU

935

FU

932

FU

933

FU

936

FU

937

FU

938

FU

939

1

2

1

2GND

+24V

J920F J920MFT221

FT222

GND

+24V

RL1

A (R-4)

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

GND

+24V

GND

+5V

GND

+24V

GND

+5V

GND

+24V

ET220

ET222

J917M J917F

J316

J310

J3201

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

2

3

1

4

1

2

3

4

1

2

3

4

+24V

GND

+5V

GND

GND

+5V

+24V

+24V

GND

+5V

GND

+24V

GND

+5V

J922F J922M

J923F J923M

42

47

GND

+5V

+24V

ET21

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3 4

J915M

J915F

SW3FT209 FT21

CLC1150CLC1120

1130

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

J914Ma

J914F

FT205

FT206

FT207

FT208

SW5

+24V

+24V

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

J913M

J913F

SW4

FT201

FT202

FT203

FT204

20

17

9

6

5

15

14

8

4

30

26

69

41

46

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

1

12

13

14

15

97

98

99

100

101

102

103

104

105

108

109

1

2

3

4

5

6

7

8

9

10

11

12

13

14

15

GND

+15V

GND

8.8V

8.8V

GND

-8V

GND

8.8V

GND

+38V

GND

+5V

J940F J940M

1 2 3

1 2 3

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

+24

V

GND

+24V

+15

V +38

V

+38

V

GN

D

+38

V

GN

D+

38V

GN

D

ET212

J951M

J951F

J1702

ET203 ET209

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J1703

J950M

J950F

1

1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+38

V

+15

V

+38

V

+15

V

+24

V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+24

VF

GN

DF

+8.

8V

GN

D

+8V

R

GN

D

-8V

GN

D

+15

V

GN

D

+12

V

GN

D

+3.

3V

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

J929

J919F

J919M

FT

256

FT

257

FT

258

FT

259

FT

260

FT

251

FT

252

FT

253

FT

254

FT

255

ET204

ET205 ET206

ET207

RL3

ET208

J1705

J953M

J953F

J1704 J1706

J952M

J952F

J954M

J954

1

2

3

4

5

1

2

3

4

5

7

6

5

4

3

2

1

1

2

3

4

5

6

R1

1

2

3

3

2

1

3

2

1

3

2

1

3

2

1

3

2

1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3

1

2

3

1

2

3

1

2

1

2

1

2

1

2

H

N

H

N

H

H

N

N

H

N

N

H

N

H

ET5

ET6

J13F J13M J701

H4

H5

FT58 FT59

FT60 FT61

J52

J53

J15F J15M

J16F J16M

J5M J5F J24F J24M

FT62

FT63

FT64

FT65

J21

DRV4H3

J22

J7

J6

J51

230V only

230V only

100V

onl

y

120V

onl

y

230V

onl

y

2

4

3

1

2

4

3

1

2

1

3

1

4

2

H

N

H

N

MT3 MT4

MT5 MT6

TP2

TP3

FT31 FT32

FT37 FT38

H1

H2

FT33 FT29

FT39 FT35

J19J500F J500M

PSP1

1

FT3

11

11

11

11

11

CB1

J26

A-10

General Circuit Diagram (2/3)

I

J

K

L

M

N

O

P

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Duplexing feeding assembly(CLC1150 only)

1-cassette pickup assembly(CLC1120/1130 only)

2-cassette pickup assembly (CLC1120/1130 only)1-cassette pickup assembly (CLC1150 only)* Multifeeder

3-cassette pickup assembly (CLC1130 only)2-cassette pickup assembly (CLC1150 only)*

Duplexing unit (CLC1150 only)

Feed assembly

Transfer drum assembly

*The names of the electrical parts are from the CLC1120/1130.

Re-pickup motor

Re-pickup verticalpath sensor

Re-pickup clutch

Cassette 1pickup clutch

Pickup roller 1solenoid


Cassette 1paper sensor Cassette 1

lifter sensorCassette 1 open/closed sensor

Pickup verticalpath switchsensor


Pickup roller2 solenoid


lifter sensor

Cassette 2open/closedsensor

Pickupvertical path 2sensor

Pickup driver PCB


Pickup roller 3solenoid


lifter sensor

Cassette 3open/closedsensor

Pickup verticalpath 3 sensor

Cassette 3 pickupmotor

Multifeederfeed clutch

Multifeederpickup clutch

Multifeederpickup solenoid

Multifeederlifter motor

Multifeederlifter H sensor

Multifeedertray open/closed sensor

Multifeederpaper widthdetecting VRMultifeeder

paper sensorMultifeederlifter L sensor

Multifeederpickup sensor

Cassette 3 paperwidth detecting VR

Cassette 3 paperlength sensor

Cassette 3 paperlevel detecting VR

Cassette 3lifter motor


Cassette 2 paperlevel detection VR

Cassette 2 paperwidth detecting VR

Cassette 2 paperlength sensorCassette 1 paper

level detecting VR


Duplexing motor Delivery verticalpath 1 sensor

Delivery paperdeflecting platesolenoid Delivery vertical

path 2 sensor

Delivery verticalpath roller clutch

Duplexing driver PCB

Duplexing paperfeed roller solenoid

Stopper platesolenoid

Duplexing traypaper sensor

Duplexing pathpaper sensor

Duplexing reversingpaper sensor

Stackingguide platesolenoid Duplexing

feed clutch

Duplexinginlet papersensor

Paper joggingguide HP sensor

Duplexing motor

Registration sensor

Transfer drum cleanerbrush motor Separation

sensor

Separation clawsolenoid

Registration clutchAttractionroller solenoid

Registration rollerunlocking solenoid

Pre-registrationsensor

Transparency sensor

Polishing rollermotor

Pre-registrationmotor 1

Pre-registrationmotor 2

Registration path drive PCB

Transfer drum frameconnector 2

DC driver PCB

Post-transferpaper sensor

Pre-transferpaper sensor

Attraction/transferlocking cam HPsensor

C Sensor Side A sensor

Side B sensor

Separationpush-upsolenoid

Transfer driver PCB

Attraction/transferlocking cam motor

Transfer drumframeconnector 1

Transfer unitlever switch

Transfer locking driver PCB

Transfer drum cleanerlocking motor

Transfer drum lockingmotor

Transfer drumHP sensor

Transfer drumcleaner HP sensor


DU

PU

MA

DU

PU

MA

*

DU

PU

MB

DU

PU

MB

*

RE

PU

CL

*

RP

UV

PD

*

C1P

UM

A

C1P

UM

A *

C1P

UM

B

C1P

UM

B *

PU

P1S

L*

C1P

AD

*

C1L

FD

*

C1P

UC

L *

FD

C1D

*

PU

VP

1D *

C2P

UM

A

C2P

UM

A *

C2P

UM

B

C2P

UM

B *

PU

P2S

L *

C2P

AD

*

C2L

FD

*

C2P

UC

L *

FD

C2D

*

PU

VP

2D *

C3P

UM

A

C3P

UM

A *

C3P

UM

B

C3P

UM

B *

PU

P3S

L *

C3P

AD

*

C3L

FD

*

C3P

UC

L *

FD

C3D

*

PU

VP

3D * MF

FD

CL

*

MF

PU

CL

*

MF

LFM

B

MF

LFM

A

MF

PU

SL

*

MF

LHD

*

MF

PU

D *

MF

CO

VD

*

MF

LLD

*

MF

PA

D *

RE

F

MF

PW

VR

MF

PA

D

MF

PW

VR

MF

LHD

MF

LLD

MF

PU

D

MF

CO

VD

MF

PU

CL

MF

FD

CL

MF

LFM

A

MF

LFM

B

MF

PU

SL

C3P

UM

A

C3P

UM

A *

C3P

UM

B

C3P

UM

B *

C3P

UM

HL

C3P

UC

L

PU

P3S

L

C3P

AD

C3L

FD

PU

VP

3D

FD

C3D

C3P

WV

R

C3S

Z0

C3S

Z1

C3L

FM

ON

C3P

LVR

C2P

UM

A

C2P

UM

A *

C2P

UM

B

C2P

UM

B *

C2P

UM

HL

C2P

UC

L

PU

P2S

L

C2P

AD

C2L

FD

PU

VP

2D

FD

C2D

PU

P1S

L

C1P

AD

C1L

FD

FD

C1D

C1P

UM

A

C1P

UM

A *

C1P

UM

B

C1P

UM

B *

C1P

UM

HL

C1P

UC

L

PU

VP

1D

C2P

WV

R

C2S

Z1

C2S

Z0

C2L

FM

ON

C2P

LVR

DU

PU

MA

DU

PU

MA

*

DU

PU

MB

DU

PU

MB

*

DU

PU

MH

L

RE

PU

CL

RP

UV

PD

CIP

LVR

C1L

FM

ON

DU

PM

LK

DU

PM

ON

DLV

P1D

DE

LFLS

L *

DLV

P2D

DV

ER

PC

L *

DU

PP

FS

L *

ST

OP

EN

*

ST

CLO

SE

*

DU

PS

AP

D

DR

EP

D

DU

PP

PD

DE

CK

-OP

EN

EN

DP

LSL

DU

PP

PC

L *

DIN

PD

DJG

HP

DJO

GM

B *

DJO

GM

B

DJO

GM

A *

DJO

GM

A

CO

NE

CT

SJA

MD

RG

RLS

L

PR

ER

GD

RE

GD

TC

OH

PD

TC

LED

ON

*

SC

DS

L

TR

CM

LK

TR

CM

ON

PR

DM

A

PR

DM

B

PR

DE

RR

GG

VID

SL

RE

GC

L *

PR

M1H

L

PR

M1B

*

PR

M1B

PR

M1A

*

PR

M1A

PR

M2H

L

PR

M2B

*

PR

M2B

PR

M2A

*

PR

M2A

TF

-CN

CT

TD

-CN

CT

BLR

MH

L

BLR

MB

*

BLR

MB

BLR

MA

*

BLR

MA

BLR

MH

P

PO

ST

JD

PR

EJD

CIT

OP

BIT

OP

AIT

OP

SS

PU

PS

L

TR

DC

PH

P

TC

M-D

RV

TR

DC

PM

HL

TR

DC

PM

B *

TR

DC

PM

B

TR

DC

PM

A *

TR

DC

PM

A

TR

DP

HP

TD

M-D

RV

TR

DM

HL

TR

DM

B *

TR

DM

B

TR

DM

A *

TR

DM

A

TR

DC

PM

B *

TR

DC

PM

B

TR

DC

PM

A *

TR

DC

PM

A

TR

DM

B *

TR

DM

B

TR

DM

A *

TR

DM

A

TR

DC

PH

P

TR

DP

HP

BLR

MA

BLR

MA

*

BLR

MB

BLR

MB

*

TF

-CN

CT

TD

-CN

CT

BLR

MH

L

BLR

MB

*

BLR

MB

BLR

MA

*

BLR

MA

BLR

MH

P

PO

ST

JD

PR

EJD

CIT

OP

BIT

OP

AIT

OP

SS

PU

PS

L

SS

PU

PS

L

BIT

OP

PO

ST

JD

PR

EJD

BLR

MH

P

CIT

OP

AIT

OP

PR

M1B

*

PR

M1B

PR

M1A

*

PR

M1A

PR

M2B

*

PR

M2B

PR

M2A

*

PR

M2A

CO

NE

CT

SJA

MD

RG

RLS

L

PR

ER

GD

RE

GD

TC

OH

PD

TC

LED

ON

*

SC

DS

L

TR

CM

LK

TR

CM

ON

PR

DM

A

PR

DM

B

PR

DE

RR

GG

VID

SL

RE

GC

L *

PR

M1H

L

PR

M1B

*

PR

M1B

PR

M1A

*

PR

M1A

PR

M2H

L

PR

M2B

*

PR

M2B

PR

M2A

*

PR

M2A

RG

RLS

L *

RE

GC

L *

GG

UID

SL

*

PR

ER

GD

*

OH

PD

TC

LED

ON

EN

DP

LSL

*

DU

PP

PC

L * D

INP

D

DJG

HP

DJO

GM

A

DJO

GM

A *

DJO

GM

B

DJO

GM

B *

DJO

GM

B *

DJO

GM

B

DJO

GM

A *

DJO

GM

A

DJG

HP

DIN

PD

DU

PP

PC

L *

EN

DP

LSL

*

DR

EP

D

DE

CK

-OP

EN

DU

PP

PD

DU

PS

AP

D

ST

CLO

SE

*

ST

OP

EN

*

DU

PP

FS

L *

DU

PP

FS

L *

ST

CLO

SE

*

ST

OP

EN

*

DU

PS

AP

D

DU

PP

PD

DE

CK

-OP

EN

DR

EP

D

RE

GD

TC

*

LED

ON

TR

CM

ON

*

SJA

MD

*

SC

DS

L *

M

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3 4 5

5 4 3 2 1

5 4 3 2 1

1 2

1 2 3

1 2 3

3 2 1

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

GN

DCL

PM13

J661M

J350

CL15

J665HJ665

J663AJ663H

J663B

J349

PS28

J664AJ664HJ664B

J666

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2

1 2

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+24

V

+24

V

M

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

SL

CL

J346J350

PM10

J661M

SL7

J647HJ647

PS20

J648

PS19

J649

CL1

J650HJ650

J643AJ643H

J643B

J644AJ644H

J644B

PS46 PS21

J651

M

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2

1 2 3 1 2 3

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

SL

CL

J347

SL8

J626HJ626

PS24

J627

PS22

J628

CL12

J629HJ629

J621AJ621H

J621B

J622AJ622H

J622B

PS47 PS26

J630 J631

PM1

J351

M

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2

1 2 3

1 2 3

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

1 2 3 1 2 3

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

CL

SL

PM12

SL9

J653HJ653

PS25

J654

PS23

J655

CL13

J656HJ656

J645AJ645H

J646AJ646H

PS48 PS27

J657 J658

J348J352

J645B J646B

M

1 2 3 1 2

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

CL CL

J632HJ632B

CL10

J623AJ623H

J623B

J633HJ633B

CL16

J634HJ634

M15

SLJ635HJ635

SL14

PS17

J636

PS

J637

PS62

J638

PS18

J639

PS15

J641 J640

VR7

J624AJ624H

J624B

J625AJ625H

J625B

J341B

J345H

J345B J345A

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

MA

NU

LIF

TM

TR

ER

R

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J1017B

M

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 3

1 2 3 1 2 3 4

4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

1 2

1 2 3

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

J1018H

J1018A J1018B

J614AJ614H

J614B

J620

VR5

J612AJ612H

J612B

J619

PSU3

M13

J613HJ613

J660AJ660H

J660B

J611

VR6

16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J344

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J341H

J341A

J1017A

J1017H12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3

3 2 1

1 2 3

1 2

1 2 3

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

MJ610A

J610HJ610B

J618

VR3

J608AJ608H

J608B

J617

PSU2

M12

J609HJ609

J642AJ642H

J642B

J607

VR4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 19 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3

3 2 1

1 2 3

1 2

+5V

GN

D

MS

1-S

W0

MS

1-S

W1

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

WID

TH

1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

M

J1020A J1020B

J1020H

VR2

J603

J659AJ659HJ659B

M11

J605HJ659A

J343 J342

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J342

J1019A

J1019H J1019H

J1019A J1019B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1

3 2 1

2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

+24

V

SLCL

J1029

J701AJ701HJ701B

J365J707

PS32

SL10

J706HJ706

J705

PS33

CL19

J708HJ708

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J393B J393A

J393H

J391AJ391B

J391H

J392AJ392B

J392H

J1022AJ1022B

J1022H

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

32 31 30 29 28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 116 15 14 13 12 11 10 9

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

2 1

3 2 1 3 2 1

3 2 1 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

SL

SL

J689HJ689

J690HJ690 J691SL13

SL12 PS36

PS34 PS35

J692H

J692B

J692A

J699 J698

17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32

2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2 3

5 4 3 2 1

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

+24

V

SL

CL

J686M J686F

J693HJ693

SL15

J694HJ694

CL14 J695

PS37

J696

PS40

J697HJ697

PM14

J688BJ688H

J688A

M

5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5

3 2 1 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2 3

2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

TR

CM

LK

GN

D

GN

D

+5V +24

V

SLJ549H

J549A

J549B

J560 J559

J317

J558

PS7

J548HJ548B

J548A

SL4

J557HJ557B

PS70S PS70L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

2 1 2 1 2 1

2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

SLCL

SL

J556H

J556

J555H

J555

J551H

J551

SL5 SL6

CL9

J751HJ751B

J751A

J544

PS30

J553 J552

PS69S PS69L

M

MM

2 1

2 1

2 1

2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

PR

DM

A

PR

DM

B

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

J311AJ311B

J311H

J312BJ312A

J312H

J315

J545MJ545F

J546M

M9

J314 J313

PM9 PM8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+8V

FT104

FT120

MT103

MT108

J544B-B

J544B-A

J544A-B

J544A-A

J544H-B

J544H-A1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17

20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+8V

J1013AJ1013B

J1013H

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1

2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

+24

V

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

SL S P S P

J582HJ582B

SL3

J581

PS3

J579

PS6 PS5

J578

PS8

J577

PS4

J576

PS2

J575

J321A J321B

J322A J322B

J321H

J322H

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 19 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

6 5 4 3 2 1

+5v

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+5v

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

J1014BJ1014A

J1014H

FT105

FT121

MT104

MT109

J571A-B

J571A-A

J571B-B

J571B-A

J571H-B

J571H-A

J574B

J574HJ574A

SW3

PM7

M

M

3 2 1 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 3 1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

GN

D

+5V GN

D

+5V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

J304

J323

J515BJ515H

J515A

J517

PS59 PS57

J514BJ514H

J514A

J516

J303 J302

J513HJ513

PM5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J301B J301A

J301H

J1002H

J1002B J1002A

1

J652

1

9

1

1

M

3 2 1

1 2 3

J561H

J561B

J561A

A-11

General Circuit Diagram (3/3)

Q

R

S

T

U

V

W

X

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

Developing assembly Hopper assembly

Power switchassembly High-voltage transformerFixing assembly

Motor assembly

M tonerconcentrationsensor

Y tonerconcentrationsensor

C tonerconcentrationsensor

Black tonerconcentrationsensor


Pickup coversensor

Developing locking driver PCB

Bk developingcylinder clutch

M developingcylinder clutch

C developingcylinder clutch

Y developingcylinder clutch

Y developinglocking motor

M developinglocking motor

C developinglocking motor

C developingassembly HPsensor

Bk developingassembly HPsensor

M developingassembly HPsensor

Y developingassembly HPsensor

DC driver PCB

Delivery assembly

Ozonesuction fan

Deliverycooling fan

External deliverysensor

Pre-exposurelamp

PotentialmeasurementPCB

Waste tonerfeedscrew clogdetecting switch

HVT-DC PCB HVT-AC PCB

Post-cleaning

Primarycharging

Flickercontroller PCB

Oil pumpdriver PCB

Fixing lowerthermistor 3

Fixing lowerthermistor 4

Fixing upperthermistor 2

Fixing oillevel sensor

Internaldelivery sensor

Fixing uppercleaning beltlength sensor

Fixing lowercleaning beltlength sensor

Fixing uppercleaning beltsolenoid

Fixing lowercleaning beltsolenoid

Fixing upperthermistor 1

Laser scanner motor Fixing motor Main motor Drum motor

Post-feed clutch

Cleaning bladereciprocating motor

Power supplycooling fan 2

Power supplycooling fan 1

Delivery coversensor

Waste toner casefull sensor

Right front coversensor

Left frontcover sensorEnvironment

sensor

Sorter/buffer path socket Paper deck socket

Primary chargingwire cleaning motor

Oil pump driverPCB

Power switchControl key

Bk developinglocking motor

Hoppe motor M toner levelsensor

C toner levelsensor

Y toner levelsensor

Bk toner levelsensor

M tonersupplyclutch

C tonersupplyclutch

Y tonersupplyclutch

Bk tonersupplyclutch

Developing bias PCB

Attr

actio

n

Tra

nsfe

r

Inte

rnal

stat

ic e

limin

ator

Externalstaticeliminator

Separation

M-S

GN

I

M-R

EF

MLA

ON

*

Y-S

GN

I

Y-R

EF

YLA

ON

*

C-S

GN

I

C-R

EF

CLA

ON

*

PC

TH

M

PC

DT

C

PC

LED

ON

FD

CO

VD

BK

-SG

NI

BK

-RE

F

BK

LAO

N *

KD

EV

CL

*

MD

EV

CL

*

CD

EV

CL

*

YD

EV

CL

*

YD

EV

A

YD

EV

A *

YD

EV

B *

MD

EV

A

MD

EV

A *

MD

EV

B

MD

EV

B *

YD

EV

B

CD

EV

A

CD

EV

A *

CD

EV

B

CD

EV

B *

KD

EV

A

KD

EV

A *

KD

EV

B

KD

EV

B *

KD

EV

HP

MD

EV

HP

CD

EV

HP

YD

EV

HP

HO

PM

ON

HO

PM

LK

HO

PM

CW

MT

EP

CT

EP

YT

EP

BK

TE

P

MT

NR

SU

P *

CT

NR

SU

P *

YT

NR

SU

P *

KT

NR

SU

P *

CD

EV

A

CD

EV

A *

CD

EV

B

CD

EV

B *

CD

EV

HL

CD

EY

CL

CD

EV

HP

KD

EV

A

KD

EV

A *

KD

EV

B

KD

EV

B *

KD

EV

HL

KD

EV

CL

KD

EV

HP

YD

EV

A

YD

EV

A *

YD

EV

B

YD

EV

B *

YD

EV

HL

YD

EY

CL

YD

EV

HP

MD

EV

A

MD

EV

A *

MD

EV

B

MD

EV

B *

MD

EV

HL

MD

EY

CL

MD

EV

HP

TH

M3

LTH

M4

UT

HM

2

FX

OIL

D

UW

EB

SL

LWE

BS

L

UT

HM

1

L

IND

ELD

UF

RC

WD

LFR

CW

D

US

SR

D

UH

ON

LSS

RD

LHO

N

UH

ON

LHO

N

CO

PY

/RD

Y

US

SR

D

LSS

RD

PU

MP

ON

PU

MP

D

UH

ON

LHO

N

CO

PY

/RD

Y

US

SR

D

LSS

RD

PU

MP

ON

PU

MP

D

SH

UT

OF

F *

KE

KS

W *

KE

Y_R

ET

PR

IMF

W

PR

IMR

V

WT

NR

BD

WT

NR

BR

-RE

T

EP

OT

TN

FM

ER

R

TN

FM

ON

PE

LA1O

N *

DLF

ME

RR

DLF

MO

N

OT

DE

LD *

DS

SE

L0

DS

SE

L1

DS

SE

L2

DC

NC

T

DP

UM

HL

DP

UM

B *

DP

UM

B

DP

UM

A *

DP

UM

A

DLF

MO

N

DLF

MU

P

DLF

ME

RR

*

DO

LON

DP

UC

D

DO

PS

D

DP

RS

D

DLF

PD

DK

PP

E

DP

FD

DCN

T *

DO

OR

JAM

CA

MH

P

CL1

-ON

SL1

-ON

MT

R-E

NB

*

HP

-SE

L

BP

MO

N

BP

MC

LK

RC

0VD

LHU

M

HU

M

TE

MP

LC0V

D

DC

FM

ER

R

DR

HE

RR

DR

HO

FF

DLC

0VD

WT

ON

ER

CB

RC

MA

CB

RC

MB

PC

FD

CL

*

MN

MR

DY

MN

MO

N

DR

MC

LK

DR

MC

W

DR

MS

P1

DR

MS

P0

DR

MF

G

DR

MR

DY

DR

MO

N

LSM

RD

Y

LSM

ON

LSM

SE

L

LSM

CLK

FX

MS

P1

FX

MS

P0

FX

MLX

FX

MO

N

FX

MC

LK

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 4 5 6

6 5 4 3 2 1

18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3

+8V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

J1007A J1007B

J1007H

J518AJ518H

J518B

J525

J519AJ519H

J519B

J526

J520AJ520H

J520B

J527

J521AJ521H

J521B

J528

J522AJ522H

J522B

J529

PS44

J531

J524AJ524HJ524B

PS71

+8V

GN

D

-8V

+8V

GN

D

-8V

+8V

GN

D

-8V +8V

GN

D

-8V

CL CL CL CL

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

6 5 4 3 2 1 6 5 4 3 2 1

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

J335 J333 J334

J587AJ587HJ587B

J594HJ594

CL4

J595HJ555

CL1

J596HJ596

CL2

J597HJ597

CL3

J585AJ585HJ585B

J590HJ590

J591HJ591

PM3 PM1

J586AJ586HJ586B

J592HJ592

PM2

J593HJ593

PM4

M M M M

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

J336

J588AJ588HJ588B

J589AJ589HJ589B

J598

PS55

J599

PS49

J600

PS51

J601

PS53

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J1016A J1016B

J1016H

J332A J332B

J332H

J1015A J1015B

J1015H

J331A J331B

J331H

GN

D

+8V -8

V

+15

V

+5V

+24

V

+24

Vf

GN

Df

J1039

J1021A

J1021H

J671A_H

J671A_A

J671H

J671B_A

J671B_H

J671A_B

J671B_B

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 13 12 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 21 21 21 2

1 2 31 2 31 2 31 2 31 2 3 4

GN

D GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

CL CL CL CLJ361

M10

TS1

J678HJ678

TS2

J679HJ679

TS3

J680HJ680

MT115

MT116

MT117

MT118

MT1

MT120

TS4

J681HJ681

MT121

MT122

J672HJ672B

CL5

J673HJ673B

CL6

J674HJ674B

CL7

J675HJ675B

CL8

CN

CT

RE

T

J537HJ537

J538

J536A

J543AJ543H

J543B

CLC1120/1130

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3

1 2

6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2 3 1 2 3

+24

V

+24

V

+24

V

+5V

GN

D

J1008A J1008B

J1008H

J536A

J536HJ536B

J537HJ537

J532HJ532 J533H

J533

J538

FM1 PS31

FM6LA1

CLC1150

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

7 6 5 4 3 2 18 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

DB

BP

C1

DB

DC

I1

DB

DC

C1

DB

S2

(Y)

DB

S1

(M)

DB

SB

1

GN

D

TR

IG

+20

V

DB

BP

C2

DB

DC

I2

DB

DC

C2

DB

S4

(BK

)

DB

S3

(C)

J1001B J1001A

J1001H

J748AJ748H

J748B

J747AJ747H

J747B

J401 J402

J404 J405

J407M

J407F

J406M

J406F

Y C M Bk

BP5

BP6

BP3

BP4

BP1

BP2

BP7

BP8

MT135 MT133 MT131 MT137

MT136 MT134 MT132 MT138

FT133 FT132 FT131 FT134

6 7 8 9 10

1 2

2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6

3

2

1

2

1

2 1 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

1 2

GN

D

DC

SB

Y

HV

PR

HV

GIC

HV

GI

HV

CC

HV

CI

HV

AT

C

HV

AT

I

HV

TR

C

HV

TR

I

GN

D

+24

V

MT139 MT140

J41

J412J441

P G Pst Q T I O S

R5 R6 R12 R7 R8 R9 R10 R1

J440

SW7

J535AJ535H

J535B

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4

1 2

+24

V

GN

D

J1024B J1024A

J1024H

M6

J713M

SW1SW2

FT108 FT109

J711M

J711F

J932-7J714M

J714F

DRV3

J715

J430

SSR1

SSR1

100V120V/USA

CN

T4

CN

T3

CN

T2

CN

T1

+24

V

1 2 3 4 5

J1030

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5

1 2 3+

24V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J430J716

J714M

DRV3

J715

SSR1

SSR1

230V120V/TWN

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

TH

M3-

RE

T

TH

M4-

RE

T

TH

M2-

RE

T

+5V

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

P S

J510J509H

J509A

J509B

PS67PS10

J507HJ507

J508H

J508A

J511 J512

J508B

PS12 1

THM2

J506F

THM4

J505F

THM3

J504F

1 2 31 2 31 2 31 2 3

1 2 31 2 3

3 2 1 3 2 1

1 2 31 2 31 2 3

ET101

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

SL SL

+24

V

+24

V

TH

M1-

RE

T

THM1

J503F

1 2 31 2 31 2 3

SL1 SL2

J502FJ501F

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

+24

V

+24

V

TH

M1-

RE

T

TH

M3-

RE

T

TH

M4-

RE

T

TH

M2-

RE

T

GN

D

+5V

J1004A J1004B

J1004H

J500AM

J500AF

J500BM

J500BF

FT119

FT101

FT1

FT100MT107

MT101

MT106

MT100

J1026B J1026A

J1026H

M

M

M

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

5 4 3 2 1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

D

J377 J375

M3

M5

J371

M4

M

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

CL

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

J373

M2

CL18

J725

J725HJ722B

J722HJ722A

JPN ONLY

M

3 2 1

M7

J726F

J1028

5 4 3 2 1

3 2 1 3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

3 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2 3

1 2 3

1 2 3

3 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 12 1

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

+5V

GN

D

GN

D

+5V

J1025

J460F

J460M

J1707

FM13 FM9

J719

SSR2

J1027B J1027A

J1027H

J739BJ739H

J739A

J740BJ740H

J740A

J741

PS43 J743 J742

J530

PS41

J523HJ523A

100/120V ONLY

SSR2

PS68L PS68S

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2 3

6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

+24

V_F

GN

D_F

GN

D

+5V

J736

J737

PS42

J734BJ734H

J734A

UN10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

28 27 26 25 24 23 22 21 20 19 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

RxD

GN

D

TxD

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

SL2

N.C

.

GN

D

GN

D

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.

N.C

.

J1023B J1023A

J1023H

J712

J709BJ709H

J709A

J710BJ710H

J710A

MT105

J5004-5 +24V

J5004-4 GND A (F-2)

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 121 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4

1 2 3 4 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 5 6 7 9 10 19 11 12 13 14 15 16 8

12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

+5V

GN

D

+24

V

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

GN

D

J1011B J1011A

J1011H

J540BJ540H

J540A

J539BJ539H

J539AJ541M

J542

B

(E-3)MT102

J1012A J1012B

J1012H

1

J1021B

19

GN

D ET100

1811 10

11 10

J523B

1

1

J4211

1

<==

J717

PS1

GN

D

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1311 12

13 12 11 10

9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

GN

D

GN

D

AC

SB

Y

IO-S

EL1

IO-S

EL0

SP

DC

C

SP

DC

I

SP

AC

C

SP

AC

I

HV

IDC

C

HV

IDC

I

HV

IOC

AC

-ER

R

J749AJ749H

J749B

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

J1050

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

230V

100V/120V

A-13

D. Paper Deck General Circuit Diagram

A

B

C

D

E

F

G

H

I

J

1234567891011121314

Deck driver PCB

Deck opensensor

Deck open solenoid

Deck liftermotor

Deck lifterlower limitdetecting switch

Deck paperlevel lowersensor

Deckopenswitch

Deckopenindication

Deck pickupclutch

Copier socket

Deck pickupsolenoid

Deck paperlevel uppersensor

Deck opendetectingswitch

Deck set sensor

Deck pickup motor

Deck pickupsensor

Deck lifterpositionsensor

Deck lifterupper limitsensor

Deck paperabsentsensor

GN

D 5VG

ND

24V

U

DLF

MO

ND

LFM

UP

DLF

ME

RR

*

DO

LON

DP

UC

DG

ND

DO

PS

DD

PR

SD

DLF

PD

GN

DD

KP

PE

DP

FD

D

DS

SE

L0D

SS

EL1

DS

SE

L2D

CN

CT

DP

UM

HL

GN

DD

PU

MB

*D

PU

MB

GN

DD

PU

MA

*D

PU

MA

J3

J1A J1B

J1H

MT1

J32

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11

J5A J5B

J5H

GN

DD

KP

PE

*5V

GN

DD

LFU

L5V

GN

DD

LFP

D 5V

1 2 3 4 5 6 7

24V

UD

PR

SD

*G

ND

DP

FD

D 5V 24V

DP

UC

D*

14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

J10D

J10L

J15D

J15L

J15H

8 9 10 11

DO

LON

*5V

GN

DD

OP

EN

*

4 3 2 1

1 2 3 4J19L

J19DJ19H

3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

SL

J11 J13 J14

PS102 PS103 PS104

J16DJ16H

J16L

SL101

3 2 1 2 1

CL

J17 J18DJ18H

J18L

SL102

PS101

4 3 2 1

J20 3 2 1

3 2 1

3 2 1

1 2 3

123

1 2 3

PS108

PS107

SW102

J25D

J25LJ25H

J26

J24

J23

J22M

J22F

GN

DD

PLL

D5V G

ND

DP

LUD

5V DLF

LDG

ND

DLF

TD

WD

LFT

UP

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

J4

24V

UD

OP

SD

*

GN

DD

MN

TS

D5V

2 11 2

3 2 1

PS109

PS105J28D

SLSL102

J29

GN

DD

OP

ND

5V DO

PN

SW

GN

D

3 2 1

1 2 3

SW101

J30

J31

1 2 3

J6J7

J2

DP

UM

B

24V

U

DP

UM

B*

DP

UM

A

24V

U

DP

UM

A*

PM101

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

2 1

M101

J27F

J27M

1 2

1 2

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

M

M

Acrobat document

A-15

APPENDIX

Table A-2

E. Specifications

1. Type

Item Specifications

Body Console (reader and printer constructed as one)

Copyboard Fixed

Light source Halogen lamp

Lens Arranged in an array

Image reader Photocell (BRG line CCD; fixed, mirror scanning)

Photosensitive medium OPC drum (180-mm dia.)

Table A-1

2. System

Item Specifications

Copying Laser beam indirect photostatic transfer

Charging Corona

Exposure Slit, laser beam

Contrast adjustment Automatic

Development Dry toner projection

Toner supply Manual (345 g/bottle)

Pickup Cassette x 2 (CLC1120/1150), cassette x 3 (CLC1130),multifeeder tray, duplexing unit (CLC1150)

Attraction Pre-transfer static attraction

Transfer Blade transfer

Separation Separation claw, separation pushup roll (separationcharging assembly as auxiliary mechanism)

Cleaning Cleaning blade

Fixing Heat rollerUpper: 540 W (100/120 V), 700 W (230 V)Lower: 500 W (common for all models)

Note: The CLC1120 is available only as a non-Japanese model.

APPENDIX

A-16

Table A-3

3. Functions

Item Specifications

Resolution Reader: 400 x 400 dpiRecorder: 800-equivalent x 400 dpi

Gradation 256 gradationsOriginal type Sheet, book, 3-D object (2 kg max.)Maximum original size A3 (297 x 420 mm) / 279.4 x 431.8 mm (11 x 17)Copy size AB: 6R5E (Japanese)

Inch/A: 5R4E (North or Central America)AB/Inch: 6R5E (Asia, Oceania, South America)

Zoom 25% to 400% (in 1% increments)Wait time 8 min 30 sec or less (at 20°C) ; 120V

8 min or less (at 20°C) ; 230VFirst copy time (w/o pre-scanning) Less than 18.1 sec (full color ; no pre-scanning)

Less than 9.6 sec (mono color ; no pre-scanning)Continuous copying 1 to 100 sheetsCopying speed See Table 1-206.Copy size Cassette: B5 (257 x 182 mm)/LTR to A3 (297 x 420

mm)/279.4 x 431.8 mm (11 x 17)Multifeeder: B5 (257 x 182 mm) to A3 (297 x 420 mm)/

279.4 x 431.8 mm (11 x 17) + extra lengthsize (12 x 18)

Copy paper type Cassette: Plain paper (64 to 105 g/m2), transparency(A4/LTR)

Multifeeder: Plain paper (64 to 209 g/m2), transparency(A4/LTR)

Auto double-sided: Plain paper only (90 to 105 g/m2)Multifeeder double-sided: Plain paper only (90 to 209 g/m2)

Cassette No claw, front loading, 60 mm deep (about 550 sheets of 81.4 g/m2)Multifeeder 250 sheets (81.4 g/m2)Duplexing unit 50 sheets (105 g/m2)Copy tray 100 sheets 981.4 g/m2)Image margin Leading edge: 8.0 ± 1.5 mm (8.0 ± 2.0 mm)

Trailing edge: 2.5 ± 1.5 mm (4.5 ± 2.0 mm)Left/right: 2.0 ± 1.5 mm (2.0 ± 1.5 mm)Parentheses represent double-sided copying.

Auto clear Yes, 2-min standard (may be changed between 0 and 9 min)Auto power-off Yes , 1-hr standard (may be changed between 0 and 24hr)Power Save mode Yes , (Saving level may be either -10%, -25%, -50%, or

non-recovery)Accessories RDF-E2/RDF-E2 CLC1100 Series Power Supply Kit

Stapler Sorter-F1/CLC Buffer Pass Unit 1CLC Paper Deck-E1CLC Film Projector-D1Editor-F1CLC IP-ED Board-B1 (hereafter, IP-ED Board)CLC Interface Board-D1 (hereafter, IP-IF Board)Document Holder-E1Cassette Heater Kit-15, Cassette Heater Kit-16 (non-Japanese)Control Card-VCopy Data Controller-A1Remote Diagnostic Device II

A-17

APPENDIX

Table A-4

Table A-5a

4. Others

Item Specifications

Operating environment Temperature: 15° to 30°C / 59 to 86 °FHumidity: 5% to 80%Atmospheric pressure: 810 to 1013 hPa (0.8 to 1.0 atm)

Power supply 100V / 50, 60Hz 120V / 60Hz, 230V / 50Hz

Serial No. CLC1120: NNE ***** NND ***** PNJ *****RNC ***** SND ***** UND *****

CLC1130: LNC ***** PNM ***** QND *****RNE ***** SNC ***** TNC *****UNC ***** PNR *****

CLC1150: LNB ***** NNC ***** PNB *****QNB ***** RNB ***** SNB *****TNB ***** UNB ***** PNH *****

Maximum power consumption 1.5 kW or lessCopying: 719 Wh or less (reference only)Standby: 338 Wh or less (reference only)

Noise Copying: 73 dB (sound power level)Standby: 59 dB (sound power level)

Ozone 0.02 ppm or less (average; 0.05 ppm max.)

Dimensions Width: 768 mm / 30.2 inDepth: 773 mm / 30.5 inHeight: 1000 mm / 39.4 in

Weight 291.5 kg / 642.5 lb (approx.; CLC1150)277.5 kg / 611.6 lb (approx.; CLC1130)272.5 kg / 600.6 lb (approx.; CLC1120)

Consumables Copy paper: Keep wrapped, and protect against moisture.Toner: Protect against direct sunlight, and keep

under 40°C, 85%.

5. Default Ratios

a. Japan Australia, others (6R5E)

Item Enlargement Reduction

Default ratio I 1 : 1.154 I 1 : 0.250II 1 : 1.224 II 1 : 0.500III 1 : 1.414 III 1 : 0.611IV 1 : 2.000 IV 1 : 0.707V 1 : 4.000 V 1 : 0.816

VI 1 : 0.865

APPENDIX

A-18

b. North America (5R4E)


Default ratio I 1 : 1.214 I 1 : 0.25II 1 : 1.294 II 1 : 0.50III 1 : 2.000 III 1 : 0.647IV 1 : 4.000 IV 1 : 0.733

V 1 : 0.785

Table A-5b

c. Europe (3R3E)


Default ratio I 1 : 1.414 I 1 : 0.25II 1 : 2.000 II 1 : 0.50III 1 : 4.000 III 1 : 0.707

Table A-5c

6. Copying Speed

Size Copy paper size copies/min (full color) copies/min (mono color)

A3 (297 x 420 mm) A3 5.5 21A4 (210 x 297 mm) A4 11 42AAR (297 x 210 mm) A4R 5.5 21B4 (257 x 364 mm) B4 5.5 21B5 (182 x 257 mm) B5 11 42

279.4 x 431.8 mm 11 x 17 5.5 21(11” x 17”)LTR LTR 11 42LTRR LTRR 5.5 21LGL LGL 5.5 21

Table A-6

Specifications are subject to change for product improvement.

A-19

APPENDIX

7. CLC Paper Deck-E1

Item Specifications

Pickup No claw (retard)

Storage Side tray

Copy paper type Plain paper (64 to 105 g/m2)

Copy paper size A4, B5, LTR

Storage size 2500 sheets (105 g/m2)

Serial No. ZRU ****** ZRT ***** ZRS *****

Paper size switch By size guide plate in steps and in service mode(OPTION>ACC>DK-P)

Dimensions Width: 323.2 mm / 127 inDepth: 591 mm / 23.3 inHeight: 432 mm / 17.0 in

Width 30.6 kg / 67.4 lb

Power supply DC, from the copier

Operating environment Same as the copier

Specifications are subject to change for product improvement.

Table A-7

Prepared by

OFFICE IMAGING PRODUCTS TECHNICAL SUPPORT DIVISION

CANON INC.

Printed in Japan

REVISION 0 (MAR. 1999) (18723/35338/71720)

REVISION 1 (JAN. 2000) (18723)

REVISION 2 (DEC. 2000) (18723)

5-1, Hakusan 7-chome, Toride-shi Ibaraki, 302-8501 Japan

PRINTED IN JAPAN (IMPRIME AU JAPON)

This publication is printed on 100% recycled paper.

1200AB1.28-0

Canon CLC 1120, 1130, 1150 Service Manual Rev2

Documents

Transcript of Canon CLC 1120, 1130, 1150 Service Manual Rev2